FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39 Glossary and Transcriptions of Experts
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Last Updated on January 8, 2001
Bob Jensen at Trinity University

Table of Contents and Links

Bob Jensen's FAS 133 Glossary on Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Recommended Tutorials on Derivative Financial Instruments (but not about FAS 133 or IAS 39)

CBOE --- http://www.cboe.com/education/ 

CBOT --- http://www.cbot.com/ourproducts/index.html 

CME --- http://www.cme.com/educational/index.html 

 

Recommended Tutorials on FAS 133

Recommended Glossaries

Bob Jensen's FAS 133 Glossary on Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

Also see comprehensive risk and trading glossaries such as the ones listed below that provide broader coverage of derivatives instruments terminology but almost nothing in terms of FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS39:

{short description of image}

The FASB has an exposure draft closely related to FAS 133.  It is ED No. 213-B issued October 27, 2000.  The title is "Accounting for Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Liabilities, Equity, or Both."  This proposed new standard essentially focuses upon embedded derivative instruments that allow investors to convert debt into equity and vice versa.  The exposure draft can be downloaded at no charge from http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/public/index.html
Trinity University students may access the file from J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\ed213b.doc.

{short description of image}

I wrote a new introduction to FAS 133 and IAS 39 on Accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.   It includes audio clips from experts.  See http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/133intro.htm

I also wrote an introduction to the FAS 138 amendments of FAS 133 at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138intro.htm 

A friend in Mexico wrote the following regarding IAS 39 (the international standard on derivatives instruments accounting that is similar to but not exactly like the FASB's FAS 133):

I was lucky in getting this KPMG IAS 39 guide on pdf format so soon, and I hope this helps out to enrich your super web page, although you will probably wish to keep it for yourself at this point, due to potential copyrights claims, but I will suggest you to contact stacy.brown@kpmg.co.uk  and tell her you will like to have a copy forwarded. I hope this also helps your students on International Accounting issues.

{short description of image}

I share my cases and case solutions involving FAS 133 and IAS 39 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

There are a number of new cases on hedge ineffectiveness accounting.

{short description of image}

I added a new section to my Glossary on FAS 133 software and consulting alternatives.  Please send me update information for this section under Software.

{short description of image}

Search engine for education sites --- http://www.searchedu.com/   
There were over 100 hits for  "SFAS 133" the last time I checked.

Over 20 million university and education pages indexed and ranked in order of popularity.

Search for electronic books --- http://www.searchebooks.com/ 

For other search helpers go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/searchh.htm 

{short description of image}

The international equivalent of the DIG arose when the International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC)  issued  proposed Questions and Answers about IAS 39 on accounting derivative financial instruments recognition, measurement, and hedging activities --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/0005qa39.pdf 


As noted above, my introduction to FAS 133 (with MP3 audio) is at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133intro.htm 

The main links to my FAS 133 and FAS 138 cases and Excel workbooks are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

"Companies Focus on Derivatives Compliance," Journal of Accountancy, February 2000, p. 26.  The online version is at http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/index.htm (FAS 133).  Interest rate swaps lead the way in terms of hedging popularity.


Added notes from Bob Jensen:
Also do not forget that the proposed new FASB standard on adjusting "all" financial instruments to fair value will not affect FAS 133 rules so much as it will affect what derivative financial instruments are eligible for special accounting treatment under FAS 133.  On December 14, 1999 the FASB issued Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value.  This document can be downloaded from http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/draft/draftpg.html 
(Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\pvfvalu1.doc ).

If an item is viewed as a financial instrument rather than inventory, the accounting becomes more complicated under SFAS 115. Traders in financial instruments adjust such instruments to fair value with all changes in value passing through current earnings. Business firms who are not deemed to be traders must designate the instrument as either available-for-sale (AFS) or hold-to-maturity (HTM). A HTM instrument is maintained at original cost. An AFS financial instrument must be marked-to-market, but the changes in value pass through OCI rather than current earnings until the instrument is actually sold or otherwise expires. Under international standards, the IASC requires fair value adjustments for most financial instruments. This has led to strong reaction from businesses around the world, especially banks. There are now two major working group documents taking sides for and against fair value accounting for all financial instruments. 
Go to http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm 



PriceWaterhouseCoopers (PWC) Summary Tables

Source:  A Guide to Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (New York, Pricewaterhouse Coopers, 1999, pp. 4-5 and pp. 19-22)  

Note that the FASB's FAS 133 becomes required for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2001.  Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively.   The January 1, 2001 effective date follows  postponements from the original starting date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.   For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June 15, 2000.  The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS 39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning on the same January 1, 2001.  Earlier application permitted for financial years ending after 15 March 1999.  

Note that Bob Jensen has added notes (in red),

OVERVIEW & EXPECTED IMPACT of FAS 133 and IAS 39

FAS 133 and IAS 39

Pre-FAS 133

U.S. FAS 133:  All derivatives must be carried on the balance sheet at fair value.  ¶5

Notes from Jensen:  
International:  IAS 39 differs in that it requires fair value adjustments of "all" debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets except for those whose value cannot be reliably estimated. ¶s 1,5,6, 95, and 96.  There are exceptions where value estimates are unreliable such as in the case of unlisted equity securities (see IAS ¶s 69, 93, and 95).   FAS 133 requires an active market for value estimation of non-trading items.  Under FAS 133, unquoted equity securities are measured at cost subject to an impairment test whether or not value can be estimated reliably by other means. 

FASB requires fair value measurement for all derivatives, including those linked to unquoted equity instruments if they are to be settled in cash but not those to be settled by delivery, which are outside the scope of FAS 133.

There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  ¶ 23c and FAS 133  ¶ 12b.  

Derivatives are reported on the balance sheet on a variety of bases (including fair value, forward value, spot rates, intrinsic value, historical cost) or not recorded at all.

Synthetic (accrual) accounting model for interest-rate swaps is prohibited.

Synthetic (accrual) accounting model is widely used for interest-rate swaps that hedge debt.

Gains and losses on derivative hedging instruments must be recorded in either other comprehensive income or current earnings.  They are not deferred as liabilities or assets.

Note from Jensen
One area of difference between IAS 39 and FAS 133 is that FAS 133 requires that certain gains and losses of hedging instruments be carried in equity (as OCI) whereas IAS 39 provides an option of equity versus current earnings.

Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions and firm commitments are deferred as liabilities or assets on the balance sheet under FAS 52 and FAS 80.

Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions are required to be reported in other comprehensive income (equity), thus causing volatility in equity.

Note from Jensen:
One of the major sources of difference between FAS 133 and IAS 39 concerns embedded derivatives.  In general, net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under FASB.  See cash flow hedge.

Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions are permitted to be deferred on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities and, as such, do not affect equity.

Hedge accounting is permitted for forward contracts that hedge foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions (including intercompany foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions).

FAS 52 does not permit hedge accounting for forward contracts that hedge foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions.

Some hybrid instruments (i.e., contracts with embedded derivatives), must be bifurcated into their component parts, with the derivative component accounted for separately.

Note from Jensen
IAS 39's definition of a derivative differs in that IAS 39 does not require "net settlement" provisions that are required under FAS 133.

There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  ¶s 23b & 23c;  FAS 133  ¶s 12b & 12c.

Bifurcation of many hybrid instruments is not required under current practice and, therefore, such instruments generally are not bifurcated.

Limited use of written options to hedge is permitted (e.g., when changes in the fair value of the written option offset those of an embedded purchased option).

Current practice generally prohibits hedge accounting for written options.

Hedge accounting is prohibited for a hedge of a portfolio of dissimilar items, and strict requirements exist for hedging a portfolio of "similar" items.

Less stringent guidelines are applied in practice for portfolio hedging.

Demonstration of enterprise or transaction risk reduction is not required -- only the demonstration of a high effectiveness of offset in changes in the fair value of cash flows of the hedging instrument and the hedged. item.

Demonstration of enterprise risk reduction is required for hedge transactions with futures contracts and, by analogy, option contracts.  Demonstration of transaction risk reduction is required for foreign-currency hedges.

The definition of a derivative is broader than in current practice (e.g., it includes commodity-based contracts).

Note from Jensen
IAS 39's definition of a derivative differs in that IAS 39 does not require "net settlement" provisions that are required under FAS 133.

The definition of a derivative excludes certain commodity and other contracts involving nonfinancial assets.

 

Table of Derivatives-Contract Types

Contract

Derivative within the scope
of FAS 133?

Underlying

Notional Amount of
Payment Provision

1.

Equity security

No. An initial net investment is required to purchase a security

-

-

2.

Debt security or loan

No. It requires an initial net investment of the principal amount or (if purchased at a discount or premium) an amount calculated to yield a market rate of interest.

-

-

3.

Regular-way security trade (e.g., trade of a debt or equity security)

No. Such trades are specifically excluded from the scope of FAS 133 (paragraph 10(a)).

-

-

4.

Lease

No. It requires a payment equal to the value of the right to use the property.

-

-

5.

Mortgage-backed security

No. It requires an initial net investment based on market interest rates adjusted for credit quality and prepayment.

-

-

6.

Option to purchase or sell real estate

No, unless it can be net-settled and is exchange-traded.

Price of the real estate

A specified parcel of the real estate

7.

Option to purchase or sell an exchange-traded security

Yes

Price of the security

A specified number of securities

8.

Option to purchase or sell a security not traded on an exchange

No, unless it can be net-settled.

Price of the security

A specified number of securities

9.

Employee stock option

No; for purposes of the issuer's accounting. It is specifically excluded as a derivative by paragraph 11.

-

-

10.

Futures contract

Yes. A clearinghouse (a market mechanism) exists to facilitate net settlement.

Price of a commodity or a financial instrument

A specified quantity or fact amount

11.

Forward contract to purchase or sell securities

No, unless it can be net-settled, or if the securities are readily convertible to cash and the forward contract does not qualify as a "regular way" trade.

Price of a security

A Specified number of securities or a specified principal or face amount

12.

A nonexchange traded forward contract to purchase or sell manufactured goods

No, unless it can be net-settled and neither party owns the goods.

Price of the goods

A specified quantity

13.

A nonexchange traded forward contract to purchase or sell a commodity

No, unless it can be net-settled or the commodity is readily convertible to cash and the purchase is not a "normal purchase."

Price of the commodity

A specified quantity

14.

Interest-rate swap

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

15.

Currency swap

Yes. Paragraph 257.

An exchange rate

A specified currency amount

16.

Swaption

Yes. It requires the delivery of a derivative or can be net-settled.

Value of the swap

The notional amount of the swap

17.

Stock-purchase warrant

Yes, for the holder, if the stock is readily convertible to cash. No, for the issuer, if the warrant is classified in stockholders' equity.

Price of the stock

A specified number of shares

18.

Property and casualty insurance contract

No. Specifically excluded.

-

-

19.

Life insurance contract

No. Specifically excluded.

-

-

20.

Financial-quarantee contract -- payment occurs if a specific debtor fails to pay the guaranteed party.

No. Specifically excluded.

-

-

21.

Credit-indexed contract -- payment occurs if a credit index (or the creditworthiness of a specified debtor or debtors) varies in a specified way.

Yes

Credit index or credit rating

A specified payment amount (which may vary, depending on the degree of change, or, which may be fixed)

22.

Royalty agreement

No. It is based on sales of one of the parties, which is an excluded underlying.

-

-

23.

Interest-rate cap

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

24.

Interest-rate floor

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

25.

Interest-rate collar

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

26.

Adjustable-rate loan

No. An initial net investment equal to the principal amount of the loan is required.

-

-

27.

Variable annuity contracts

No. Such contracts require an initial net investment.

-

-

28.

Guaranteed investment contracts

No. Such contracts require an initial net investment.

-

-

 



Beginning of Bob Jensen's FAS 133 and IAS 39 Glossary
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M |
| N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Note that the FASB's FAS 133 becomes required for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2001.  Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively.   The January 1, 2001 effective date follows  postponements from the original starting date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.   For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June 15, 2000The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS 39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning on the same January 1, 2001.  Earlier application permitted for financial years ending after 15 March 1999

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm  

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

A-Terms

Accounting Exposure =

a term used in alternate ways. In one context, accounting exposure depicts foreign exchange exposure that cannot be captured by the accounting model. In some textbooks accounting exposure is synonymous with translation exposure. See translation exposure.  Also see risks.

Amortization of Basis Adjustment  See see basis adjustment.

Anticipated Transaction = see forecasted transaction.

AOCI = accumulated other comprehensive income.  See comprehensive income.

Arbitrage

By definition, arbitraging entails investing at zero market (price) risk coupled with the risk of losing relatively minor transactions costs of getting into and closing out contracts.  There might be other risks.  Especially when dealing in forward contracts, there may be credit risks.  Forward contracts are often private agreements between contracting individuals.  Other arbitraging alternatives such as futures and options contracts are generally obtained in trading markets such as the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT) and the Chicago Board of Options Exchange (CBOE).  In markets like the CBOT or the CBOE, the trading exchanges themselves guarantee payments such that there is no credit risk in hedging or speculating strategies.  Arbitrage entails a hedging strategy that eliminates all market (price) risk while, at the same time, has no chance of losing any money and a positive chance of making a profit.  Sometimes the profit is locked in to a fixed amount in advance.  At other times, the profit is unknown, but can never be less than zero (ignoring transactions costs).

Generally arbitrage opportunities arise when the same item is traded in different markets where information asymmetries between markets allows arbitragers with superior information to exploit investors having inferior information.  In perfectly efficient markets, all information is impounded in prices such that investors who "know more" cannot take advantage of investors who are not up on the latest scoop.  Only in inefficient markets can there be some differences between prices due to unequal impounding of information.

FAS 133 says nothing about arbitrage accounting.  Thus it is necessary to drill arbitrage trans actions down to their basic component contracts such as forwards, futures, and options.  See derivative financial instruments and hedge.

You can learn more about arbitrage from my tutorial on arbitraging at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/muppets.htm 

You will find the following definition of arbitrage at http://risk.ifci.ch/00010394.htm 

1) Technically, arbitrage consists of purchasing a commodity or security in one market for immediate sale in another market (deterministic arbitrage). (2) Popular usage has expanded the meaning of the term to include any activity which attempts to buy a relatively underpriced item and sell a similar, relatively overpriced item, expecting to profit when the prices resume a more appropriate theoretical or historical relationship (statistical arbitrage). (3) In trading options, convertible securities, and futures, arbitrage techniques can be applied whenever a strategy involves buying and selling packages of related instruments. (4) Risk arbitrage applies the principles of risk offset to mergers and other major corporate developments. The risk offsetting position(s) do not insulate the investor from certain event risks (such as termination of a merger agreement or the risk of delay in the completion of a transaction) so the arbitrage is incomplete. (5) Tax arbitrage transactions are undertaken to share the benefit of differential tax rates or circumstances of two or more parties to a transaction. (6) Regulatory arbitrage transactions are designed to provide indirect access to a market where one party is denied direct access by law or regulation. (7) Swap- driven arbitrage transactions are motivated by the comparative advantages which swap counterparties enjoy in different debt and currency markets. One counterparty may borrow relatively cheaper in the intermediate- or long-term United States dollar market while the other may have a comparative advantage in floating rate sterling. A cross-currency swap can improve both of their positions. 

At-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.

Available-for-Sale Security =

is one of three classifications of securities investments under SFAS 115.  Securities designated as "held-to-maturity" need not be revalued for changes in market value and are maintained at historical cost-based book value.  Securities not deemed as being held-to-maturity securities are adjusted for changes in fair value.  Whether or not the unrealized holding gains or losses affect net income depends upon whether the securities are classified as trading securities versus available-for-sale securities.  Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are deferred in comprehensive income instead of being posted to current earnings.  This is not the case for securities classified as trading securities rather than trading securities.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 13.  The three classifications are of vital importance to cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133.  See cash flow hedge and held-to-maturity.   Also see equity method and impairment.

Classification of an available-for-sale security gives rise to alternative gain or loss recognition alternatives under international rules.  Changes in the value of an available-for-sale instrument either be included in earnings for the period in which it arises; or recognized directly in equity, through the statement of changes in equity ( IAS 1 Paragraphs 86-88) until the financial asset is sold, collected or otherwise disposed of, or until the financial asset is determined to be impaired (see IAS Paragraphs 117-119), at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity should be included in earnings for the period.  See IAS 39 Paragraph 103b.

A trading security (not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115) cannot be a FAS 133 hedged item.  That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued (like gold) with unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings.  Conversely, Paragraphs 4c on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities are revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.  Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.   Mention of available-for sale is made in Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133.  Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.

Paragraph 54 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

54. At the date of initial application, an entity may transfer any held-to-maturity security into the available-for-sale category or the trading category. An entity will then be able in the future to designate a security transferred into the available-for-sale category as the hedged item, or its variable interest payments as the cash flow hedged transactions, in a hedge of the exposure to changes in market interest rates, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or changes in its overall fair value. (paragraph 21(d) precludes a held-to- maturity security from being designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge of market interest rate risk or the risk of changes in its overall fair value. paragraph 29(e) similarly precludes the variable cash flows of a held-to-maturity security from being designated as the hedged transaction in a cash flow hedge of market interest rate risk.) The unrealized holding gain or loss on a held-to-maturity security transferred to another category at the date of initial application shall be reported in net income or accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the requirements of paragraphs 15(b) and 15(c) of Statement 115 and reported with the other transition adjustments discussed in paragraph 52 of this Statement. Such transfers from the held-to-maturity category at the date of initial adoption shall not call into question an entity's intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. 

Note that if unrealized gains and losses are deferred in other comprehensive income, the deferral lasts until the transactions in the hedged item affect current earnings under FAS 133 but not under IAS 39 (i.e, no basis adjustment under FAS 133 but required basis adjustment under IAS 39).  This means that under FAS 133, OCI may carry forward on the date hedged securities are purchased and remain on the books until the securities are sold.  This is illustrated in Example 19 on Page 228 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998).  The Example 5.5 illustration on Page 165 notes that hedge effectiveness need only be assessed for price movements in one direction for put and call options since these only provide one-way price protection.

Suppose a company expects dividend income to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency.  Suppose the investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date.  Forecasted dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a dividend.  A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133.  Whether or not gains and losses are posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as trading securities.   There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.

The difference between a forward exchange rate and a spot rate is not excluded from a fair value hedging relationship for firm commitments measured in forward rates.  However Footnote 22 on Page 68 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

If the hedged item were a foreign-currency-denominated available-for-sale security instead of a firm commitment, Statement 52 would have required its carrying value to be measured using the spot exchange rate. Therefore, the spot-forward difference would have been recognized immediately in earnings either because it represented ineffectiveness or because it was excluded from the assessment of effectiveness.

 

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

B-Terms

Backwardation = see basis and contango swap.

Banker Opinions = 

Joint Working Group of Banking Associations Financial Instrument Issues Relating to Banks

- banksjwg.pdf - Discussion Paper 
- jwgfinal.pdf - Final Position on Fair Value Accounting

Hi Dr. Jensen!

It is the official site about the Financial Instruments - Comprehensive Project of the IASC http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm  The site of the IAS Recognition and Measurement Project is: http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen2_139.htm 

Your Trinity-Homepages on Derivatives SFAS No. 133 is my favorite on this subject, espicially the illustrative examples (and the account simulations).

Currently I am focusing on splitting up hybrid financial instruments, especially those with embedded optional building blocks. The book of Smith/Smithson/Willford (1998) Managing Financial Risk and that from Das S. (1998) and Walsey J. (1997) provides a good guidance on how these products are structured.

Best Regard Christian

Basis =

difference between the the current spot price and the forward (strike) price of a derivative such as a futures contract or the forward component  in an options contract.     The basis is negative in normal backwardation.  The basis is is postive in the normal contango.  Various theories exist to explain the two differing convergence patterns. 

There are other definitions of basis found in practice.  Some people define basis as the difference between the spot and futures price.  Alternately basis can be viewed as the benefits minus the costs of  holding the hedged spot underlying until the forward or futures settlement date. 

An illustration of a basis swap strategy is given by Franck Mikulecz at http://www.aima.org/aimasite/articles/Dec99/finex.htm 

A short term interest rate trader wants to play on a possible decrease in Swiss rates and an increase in Japanese rates would generally buy Euro-Swiss futures (LIFFE) and sell EURO-Yen futures (TIFFE). He chooses Jun00 delivery to best suit his time frame, and goes long on LIFFE, and short on TIFFE.

His simpler alternative to reproduce the same position, playing the narrowing of the Japan/Swiss interest rate spread, would be to BUY Sep00 and SELL Jun00 Swiss-Yen. If the forecast proves to be correct, the basis (or swap points) for Sep00 – discount for Futures on Spot - will decrease faster in [absolute]value than the basis of Jun00. A profit will arise unwinding the "spread" which will generate the same amount per Million as on the equivalent 3-month interest rate futures spread.

The complications encountered in such an operation on 3-month interest rate futures can be avoided by the use of FINEX FX-Futures spread market. This is clearly outlined through the following example which produces a result identical to that of the traditional position taken by an interest rate futures trader

Still another definition of this term is based on the U.S. tax code where basis is the carrying value of an asset.  It is the last definition that gives rise to the term basis adjustment.  See intrinsic value.  Also see the terms that use "basis" that are listed below.

See Interest Rate Swap.

Basis Adjustment =

the change in the carrying value of a balance sheet item.  There are various contexts.  Depreciation and amortization changes in net book value are "basis adjustments."   For example, FAS 133 requires that hedge gains and losses in OCI be carried forward when the hedge expires and not be charged to earnings until the basis of the hedged item is adjusted under normal accounting practices for depreciation or a recording of inventory cost to cost of goods sold (IAS 39 differs on this issue and requires earnings to be charged when the hedge expires).  The adjustment of the booked value of an asset or liability as required by SFAS 80 but is no longer allowed for cash flow and foreign currency hedges under FAS 133 according to Paragraph 31 on Page 22 and Paragraphs 375-378 on Pages 172-173 of FAS 133.    Basis adjustment is required for fair value hedges under Paragraphs 22-24 on Pages 15-16 of FAS 133.   An illustration of amortization of fair value hedge basis adjustments appears in Example 2 beginning in Paragraph 111 on Page 61 of FAS 133.   The calculation of the basis adjustments amortizations is explained by Jensen and Hubbard at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/294wp.doc 

In Example 2 of Appendix B of FAS 133, you will see values for "Amortization of Basis Adjustments" in the table in Paragraph 117.  These are simply put into the table, along with "Interest Accrued" amounts without any explanation from the FASB as to how to calculate those values or what they really mean.  In the Excel workbook accompanying this case you can trace how they are calculated and how they impact the journal entries.  They seem to add more confusion than they benefit users of financial statements since the amortization amounts have to be reset each year due to changing benchmarked carrying values of the debt.

The theory behind the amortization of basis adjustments is that, whenever carrying value of debt is revalued due to changes in benchmark rates, that change in value should be amortized over the remaining life of the debt rather than be charged each period.  Thus the change in the value of the debt due to changed benchmark rates can be amortized using the PMT function in Excel to compute the payment for each remaining period that will amortize that change in value.  As indicated above, however, the amortization must be reset each period that the rates change.

The FASB decision to ban basis adjustment for cash flow hedges is controversial, although the controversy is a tempest in a teapot from the standpoint of reported net earnings each period.  Suppose you are enter into a firm commitment on 1/1/99 to purchase a building for the amount of yen that you can purchase for $5 million on 1/1/99.  The financial risk is that this commitment requires a payout in Japanese yen on 7/1/99 such that the building's cost may be higher or lower in terms of how many yen must be purchased on 7/1/99.   To hedge the dollar/yen exchange rate, you enter into a forward contract that will give you whatever it takes make up the difference between the yen owed and the yen that $5 million will purchase on 7/1/99.  On 1/1/99 the forward contract has zero value.  Six months later, assume that the forward contract has been value adjusted to $1 million because of the decline in the yen exchange rate. The offsetting credit is $1 million in OCI if since this was not designated as a fair value hedge. 

To close out the derivative on 7/1/99, you debit cash and credit the forward contract for $1 million.    To basis adjust the cost of the building, you would debit OCI for $1 million and credit the building fixed asset account.   The building would end up being booked on 7/1/99 for $4 million instead of its 1/1/99 contracted $5 million.  If you did not basis adjust, the credit would stay in OCI and leave the building booked at a 7/1/99 value of $5 million.   Paragraph 376 on Page 173 of FAS 133 requires that you no longer adjust the basis to $4 million as a result of the foreign currency hedge.   Hence depreciation of the building will be more each year than it would be with basis adjustment. 

The controversy stems over how and when to get that $1 million out of  OCI and into retained earnings.  Under SFAS 80, suppose that with basis adjustment the impact would have been a reduction of annual depreciation by $50,000 over the 20-year life of the building.  In other words,  depreciation would have been $50,000  less each year smaller $4 million adjusted basis rather than the $5 million unadjusted basis.   One argument against basis adjustment in this manner is that the company's risk management outcomes become buried in depreciation expense and are not segregated on the income statement.

Without basis adjustment under FAS 133, you get $50,000 more annual depreciation but identical net earnings because you must amortize the $1 million in OCI over the life of the building.  Here we will assume the amortization is $50,000 per year.  Each year a $50,000 debit is made to OCI and a credit is made to the P&L closing account. When OCI is amortized, investors are reminded on the income statement that, in this example, a $50,000 per year savings accrued because the company successfully hedged $1 million in foreign currency risk exposure.

In Paragraph 31 on Page 22 of FAS 133, the amortization approach is required for this cash flow hedge outcome. You cannot basis adjust in order to take $50,000 per year lowered depreciation over the life of the building.  But you report the same net earnings as if you had basis adjusted.   In any case, FAS 133 does not allow you to take the entire $1 million into 7/1/99 earnings.  Paragraph 376 on Page 173 of FAS 133  elaborates on this controversy. 

What is wrong with the FAS 133 approach, in my viewpoint, is that it may give the appearance that a company  speculated when in fact it merely locked in a price with a cash flow or foreign currency hedge.  The hedge locks in a price.  But the amortization approach (in the case of a long-term asset) or the write-off at the time of the sale (in the case of inventory) isolates the hedge cash flow as an expense or revenue as if the company speculated.   In the above example, the company reports $50,000 revenue per year from the forward contract.  This could have been a $50,000 loss if the dollar had declined against the yen between 1/1/99 and 7/1/99.  If the $50,000 was buried in depreciation charges, it would seem less likely that investors are mislead into thinking that the $50,000 per year arose from speculation in forward contracts.  Companies also point out that the amortization approach greatly adds to record keeping and accounting complexities when there are many such hedging contracts.  Basis adjustment gives virtually the same result with a whole lot less record keeping.

It should also be noted that to the extent that the hedge is ineffective, the ineffective portion gets written off to earnings on the date the asset or liability is acquired.  In the above example, any ineffective portion would have to be declared on 1/199 and never get posted to OCI.   Hence it would never be spread over the life of the building.  According to Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133, ineffectiveness is to be defined at the time the hedge is undertaken.  Hedging strategy and ineffectiveness definition with respect to a given hedge defines the extent to which interim adjustments affect interim earnings.

I have a case illustrating "Amortization of Basis Adjustments" at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138bench.htm.  In Example 2 of Appendix B of FAS 133, you will see values for "Amortization of Basis Adjustments" in the table in Paragraph 117.  These are simply put into the table, along with "Interest Accrued" amounts without any explanation from the FASB as to how to calculate those values or what they really mean.  In the Excel workbook accompanying this case you can trace how they are calculated and how they impact the journal entries.  They seem to add more confusion than they benefit users of financial statements since the amortization amounts have to be reset each year due to changing benchmarked carrying values of the debt.

The theory behind the amortization of basis adjustments is that, whenever carrying value of debt is revalued due to changes in benchmark rates, that change in value should be amortized over the remaining life of the debt rather than be charged each period.  Thus the change in the value of the debt due to changed benchmark rates can be amortized using the PMT function in Excel to compute the payment for each remaining period that will amortize that change in value.  As indicated above, however, the amortization must be reset each period that the rates change.

In the Excel Workbook accompanying the above case,  you are allowed to view the journal entries with or without the amortization of basis adjustments.  Basis adjustment in this case is simply a fancy way of saying that the i(t) index upon which carrying value of debt is being revalued changes and requires an adjustment in the carrying value.  In Excel, you can use the PMT function to compute the amortization each period as a function of the i(t) ex post benchmarked interest rate index, the I(t-1)-I(t) change in the value of the debt that is being amortized, and the number of periods remaining to maturity.  However, this PMT amount is only used one time, because the amortization amount (PMT) must be reset every period for changes in the i(t) index.

Click here to view the IASC's Paul Pacter commentary on basis adjustment.

Basis Point =

interest rate amount equal to .0001 or 0.01%.

Basis Risk

the risk associated with using different indexes for the hedging instrument and the hedged item. For example, in the cash flow hedge of a forecasted borrowing in Case 3 of Section 5 of the FASB examples at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivsum.exe, 5-year Treasury note futures are used to hedge the forecasted issuance of a B-quality note. There is basis risk in that hedge because rate movements in the 5-year Treasury note and the B-quality note will be less than perfectly correlated. Another definition for basis risk, one commonly used in practice, is the risk attributable to uncertain movements in the spread between a futures price and a spot price. Within that context, basis is defined as the difference between the futures price and the spot price.  See interest rate swap.

Basis Swap = see interest rate swap.

Benchmark =

a foreign currency translation rate used as an internal budget rate or as a reference rate for measuring alternative hedging decisions.

Benchmark Interest Rate =

FAS 138 Amendments expand the eligibility of many derivative instrument hedges to qualify FAS 133/138 hedge. Such qualifications in accounting treatment that reduces earnings volatility when the derivatives are adjusted for fair value.  

The term "swap spread" applies to the credit component of interest rate risk.  Assume a U.S. Treasury bill rate is a  risk-free rate.  You can read the following at http://www.cbot.com/ourproducts/financial/agencystrat3rd.html 

The swap spread represents the credit risk in the swap relative to the corresponding risk-free Treasury yield. It is the price tag on the actuarial risk that one of the parties to the swap will fail to make a payment. The Treasury yield provides the foundation in computing this spread, because the U.S. Treasury is a risk-free borrower. It does not default on its interest payments.

Since the swap rate is the sum of the Treasury yield and the swap spread, a well-known statistical rule breaks its volatility into three components:

Swap Rate Variance = Treasury Yield Variance
                                    + Swap Spread Variance
                                    + 2 x Covariance of Treasury Yield and Swap Spread

Taken over long time spans (e.g., quarter-to-quarter or annual), changes in the 10-year swap spread exhibit a small but reliably positive covariance with changes in the 10-year Treasury yield. For practical purposes this means that as Treasury yield levels rise and fall over, say, the course of the business cycle, the credit risk in interest rate swaps tends to rise and fall with them.

However as Figure 1 illustrates, high-frequency (e.g., day-to-day or week-to-week) moves in swap spreads and Treasury yields tend to be uncorrelated. Their covariance is close to zero. Thus, for holding periods that cover very short time spans, this stylized fact allows simplification of the preceding formula into the following approximation:

 

This rule of thumb allows attribution of the variability in swap rates in ways that are useful for hedgers. For example, during the five years from 1993 through 1997, 99% of week-to-week variability in 10-year swap rates derived from variability in the 10-year Treasury yield. Variability in the 10-year swap spread accounted for just 1%.

It is very popular in practice to have a hedging instrument and the hedged item be based upon two different indices.  In particular, the hedged item may be impacted by credit factors.  For example, interest rates commonly viewed as having three components noted below:

·        Risk-free risk that the level of interest rates in risk-free financial instruments such as U.S. Treasury T-bill rates will vary system-wide over time.

·        Credit sector spread risk that interest rates for particular economic sectors will vary over and above the risk-free interest rate movements.  For example, when automobiles replaced horses as the primary means of open road transportation, the horse industry’s credit worthiness suffered independently of other sectors of the economy.  In more recent times, the dot.com sector’s sector spread has suffered some setbacks.  In this case of interest rate swaps, this is the swap spread defined above.

·        Unsystematic spread risk of a particular borrower that varies over and above risk-free and credit sector spreads.  The credit of a particular firm may move independently of more system-wide (systematic) risk-free rates and sector spreads.

Suppose that a hedge only pays at the Treasury rate for hedged item based on some variable index having credit components.  FAS 133 prohibited “treasury locks” that hedged only the risk-free rates but not credit-sector spreads or unsystematic risk.  This was upsetting many firms that commonly hedge with treasury locks.  There is a market for treasury lock derivatives that is available, whereas hedges for entire interest rate risk are more difficult to obtain in practice.  It is also common to hedge with London’s LIBOR that has a spread apart from a risk-free component.

The DIG confused the issue by allowing both risk-free and credit sector spread to receive hedge accounting in its DIG Issue E1 ruling.  Paragraph 14 of FAS 138 states the following:

Comments received by the Board on Implementation Issue E1 indicated (a) that the concept of market interest rate risk as set forth in Statement 133 differed from the common understanding of interest rate risk by market participants, (b) that the guidance in the Implementation Issue was inconsistent with present hedging activities, and (c) that measuring the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in credit sector spreads would be difficult because consistent sector spread data are not readily available in the market. 

In FAS 138, the board sought to reduce confusion by reducing all components risk into just two components called “interest rate risk” and “credit risk.”  Credit risk includes all risk other than the “benchmarked” component in a hedged item’s index.  A benchmark index can include somewhat more than movements in risk-free rates.  FAS 138 allows the popular LIBOR hedging rate that is not viewed as being entirely a risk-free rate.  Paragraph 16 introduces the concept of “benchmark interest rate” as follows:

Because the Board decided to permit a rate that is not fully risk-free to be the designated risk in a hedge of interest rate risk, it developed the general notion of benchmark interest rate to encompass both risk-free rates and rates based on the LIBOR swap curve in the United States.

FAS 133 thus allows benchmarking on LIBOR.  It is not possible to benchmark on such rates as commercial paper rates, Fed Fund rates, or FNMA par mortgage rates.

Readers might then ask what the big deal is since some of the FAS 133 examples (e.g., Example 5 beginning in Paragraph 133) hedged on the basis of LIBOR.  It is important to note that in those original examples, the hedging instrument (e.g., a swap) and the hedged item (e.g., a bond) both used LIBOR in defining a variable rate.  If the hedging instrument used LIBOR and the hedged item interest rate was based upon an index poorly correlated with LIBOR, the hedge would not qualify (prior to FAS 138) for FAS 133 hedge accounting treatment even though the derivative itself would have to be adjusted for fair value each quarter.  Recall that LIBOR is a short-term European rate that may not correlate with various interest indices in the U.S.  FAS 133 now allows a properly benchmarked hedge (e.g., a swap rate based on LIBOR or T-bills) to hedge an item having non-benchmarked components.

The short-cut method of relieving hedge ineffectiveness testing may no longer be available.  Paragraph 23 of FAS 138 states the following:

For cash flow hedges of an existing variable-rate financial asset or liability, the designated risk being hedged cannot be the risk of changes in its cash flows attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate if the cash flows of the hedged item are explicitly based on a different index.  In those situations, because the risk of changes in the benchmark interest rate (that is, interest rate risk) cannot be the designated risk being hedged, the shortcut method cannot be applied.  The Board’s decision to require that the index on which the variable leg of the swap is based match the benchmark interest rate designated as the interest rate risk being hedged for the hedging relationship also ensures that the shortcut method is applied only to interest rate risk hedges.  The Board’s decision precludes use of the shortcut method in situations in which the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are based on the same index but that index is not the designated benchmark interest rate.  The Board noted, however, that in some of those situations, an entity easily could determine that the hedge is perfectly effective.  The shortcut method would be permitted for cash flow hedges in situations in which the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are based on the same index and that index is the designated benchmark interest rate.

In other words, any hedge item that is not based upon only a benchmarked component will force hedge effectiveness testing at least quarterly.  Thus FAS 138 broadened the scope of qualifying hedges, but it made the accounting more difficult by forcing more frequent effectiveness testing.

FAS 138 also permits the hedge derivative to have more risk than the hedged item.  For example, a LIBOR-based interest rate swap might be used to hedge an AAA corporate bond or even a note rate based upon T-Bills.

There are restrictions noted in Paragraph 24 of FAS 138:

This Statement provides limited guidance on how the change in a hedged item’s fair value attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate should be determined.  The Board decided that in calculating the change in the hedged item’s fair value attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate, the estimated cash flows used must be based on all of the contractual cash flows of the entire hedged item.  That guidance does not mandate the use of any one method, but it precludes the use of a method that excludes some of the hedged item’s contractual cash flows (such as the portion of interest payments attributable to the obligor’s credit risk above the benchmark rate) from the calculation.  The Board concluded that excluding some of the hedged item’s contractual cash flows would introduce a new approach to bifurcation of a hedged item that does not currently exist in the Statement 133 hedging model.

Black-Scholes Model = see option.

Blockage Factor =

the impact upon financial instrument valuation of a large dollar amount of  items sold in one block.  In the case of derivatives, the FASB decided not to allow discounting of the carrying amount if that amount is to be purchased or sold in a single block.  Some analysts argue that if the items must be sold in a huge block, the price per unit would be less than marginal price of a single unit sold by itself.  Certain types of instruments may also increase in value due to blockage.  In the case of instruments that carry voting rights, there may be sufficient "block" of voting rights to influence strategy and control of an organization (e.g., a 51% block of voting shares or options for voting shares that provide an option for voting control).  If voting power is widely dispersed, less than 51% may constitute a blockage factor if the "block" is significant enough to exercise control. The FASB in SFAS 107does not allow blockage factors to influence the estimation of fair value up or down.  Disallowance of blockage is discussed in FAS 133, Pages 153-154, Paragraphs 312-315. See fair value.

Business Combinations =

contacts for purchases and/or poolings that require special accounting treatment.  In summary, the major exceptions under FAS 133 for APB Opinion No. 16 are discussed in (FAS 133Paragraph 11c).  

Exceptions are not as important in IAS 39, because fair value adjustments are required of all financial instruments.  However, exceptions or special accounting for derivatives are discussed in IAS 39 Paragraph 1g --- Also note  IAS 22 Paragraphs 65-76)

 

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

C-Terms

Call = see option.

CAP =

a risk bound.  For example, a cap writer, in return for a premium, agrees to limit, or cap, the cap holder's risk associated with an increase in interest rates. If rates go above a specified interest-rate level (the strike price or the cap rate), the cap holder is entitled to receive cash payments equal to the excess of the market rate over the strike price multiplied by the notional principal amount. Issuers of floating-rate liabilities often purchase caps to protect against rising interest rates, while retaining the ability to benefit from a decline in rates. Examples are given in SFAS Paragraphs 182-183 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133.  Also see Footnote 6 to Paragraph 13 on Page 8 of FAS 133.

The opposite of a cap is termed a floor.  A floor writer, in return for a premium, agrees to limit, or floor, the cap holder's risk associated with an decrease in interest rates. If rates go below a specified interest-rate level (the strike price or the floor rate), the floor holder is entitled to receive cash payments equal to the difference between the market rate over the strike price multiplied by the notional principal amount.  See Footnote 6 to Paragraph 13 on Page 8 of FAS 133

A collar combines a cap and a floor.  In Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of FAS 133, a timing collar is discussed.  Another example is given in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133.  See collar.

Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) =

a model for valuing a corporation in which estimated future cash flows are discounted at a rate equal to the firm's weighted average cost of capital multiplied by the beta, which is a measure of the volatility of a firm's stock priceThe CAPM is a single-index model and, as such, has enormous structural deficiencies.  Alternate approaches and problems in all approaches are discussed in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm    Also see option pricing theory.

Cash Flow Hedge =

a derivative with a periodic settlement based upon cash flows such as interest rate changes on variable rate debt. Major portions of FAS 133 dealing with cash flow hedges include Paragraphs 28-35, 127-130, 131-139, 140-143, 144-152, 153-158, 159-161, 162-164, 371-383, 422-425, 458-473, and 492-494.   See hedge and hedge accounting.  The IASC adopted the same definition of a cash flow hedge except that the hedge has also to affect reported net income (See IAS 39 Paragraph 137b).

The key distinction of a cash flow hedge versus a fair value hedge is that FAS 133 allows deferral of unrealized holding gains and losses on the revaluation of the derivative to be posted to Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) rather than current earnings.  Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133 discusses the posting to OCI. Paragraph 31 deals with reclassifications from OCI into earnings. Also see derecognition and dedesignation.

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.  One of these types is described in Section a and Footnote 2 below:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================

With respect to Section a above, a firm commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already booked.  For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.

Another key distinction is between a forecasted transaction versus a firm commitment.  Firm commitments without any foreign currency risk cannot have cash flow hedges, because there is no variability in expected future cash flows (except for credit risks for which cash flow hedges are not allowed under Paragraph 29e on Page 20, Paragraph 32 on Page 22,  and Paragraph 61c on Page 41 of FAS 133 ).  Example 10 beginning in Paragraph 165  illustrates a forward contract cash flow hedge of a forecasted series of transactions in a foreign currency.  When the forecasted transactions become accounts receivable, a portion of the value changes in the futures contract must be taken into current earnings rather than other comprehensive income.  Controversies between the FASB's distinction between forecasted transactions versus firm commitments are discussed in Paragraphs 324-325 on Page 157 of FAS 133.  Firm commitments can have fair value hedges even though they cannot have cash flow hedges.  See Paragraph 20 on Page 11 of FAS 133.  

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity methodA nonderivative instrument, such as a Treasury note, shall not be designated as a hedging instrument for a cash flow hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 28d). 

Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 bans a forecasted transaction of a subsidiary company from being a hedged item if the parent company wants to hedge the cash flow on the subsidiary's behalf.  However Paragraph 40a allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself, which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page 24 of FAS 133.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.  In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.   Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.   Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.  See written option.

Paragraph 28 beginning on Page 18 of FAS 133 requires that the hedge be formally documented from the start such that prior contracts such as options or futures contracts cannot later be declared hedges.  (Existing assets and liabilities can be hedged items, but the hedging instruments must be new and fully documented at the start of the hedge.)   Paragraphs 29c and 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 require direct cash flow risk exposures rather than earnings exposures such as a hedge to protect equity-method accounting for an investment under APB 16 rules.   See ineffectiveness.

FAS 133 is silent as to whether a single asset or liability can be hedged in part (as opposed to a portfolio of items having different risks).  For example, can an interest rate swap be used to hedge the cash flows of only the last five years of a ten-year note?  There seems to be nothing to prevent this (as is illustrated in Examples 13 and 15 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998).

Paragraph 18 of FAS 133 allows for using only a portion of a single derivative to hedge an item if, and only if, the selected portion has the risk exposure of the portion is equal to the risk of the whole derivative.  For example, a four-year interest rate swap designated as hedging a two-year note probably does not meet the Paragraph 18 test, because the risk exposure in the first two years most likely is not the same as the risk level in the last two years.

Suppose a company expects dividend income to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency.  Suppose the investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date.  Forecasted dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a dividend.  A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133.  Whether or not gains and losses are posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as trading securities.   There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.

With respect to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 of FAS 133, KPMG notes that if the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are highly correlated.  See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

The hedging instrument  (e.g., a forecasted transaction or firm commitment foreign currency hedge) must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.  This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.    Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

The tests can become tricky.  For example, suppose a company has a firm commitment to buy 1,000 units of raw material per month at a unit price of 5,000DM Deutsche Marks. Can this firm commitment be designated as a hedged item on a foreign currency risk exposure of 500 units each month?  The answer according to Paragraph 21a's Part (2b) requires that which units be designated such as the first 500 units or the last 500 unites each month.

A group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR can be a hedged item, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.  Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Those tests also state that a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or designating different components as hedges of different exposures."   See Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs dealing with compound derivative issues include the following:

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 is probably the most confusing condition mentioned in Paragraph 4. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. This is an exception to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Reasons for the exception are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Paragraph 18 on Page 10 does allow a single derivative to be divided into components provided but never with partitioning of  "different risks and designating each component as a hedging instrument."  For example, suppose Rippen Company enters into forward contracting with Bank A to sell Dutch guilders and purchase French francs. The purpose is to hedge two combined unrelated foreign currency risks from two related companies, one a Holland subsidiary and the other a French subsidiary. Bank A is independent of all the interrelated companies in this scenario.  If the forward contracting entails one forward contract, it cannot be partitioned into components having different risks of U.S. dollars against guilders versus francs.

Paragraph 29d precludes forecasted transactions from being the hedged items in cash flow hedges if those items, when the transaction is completed, will be remeasured on each reporting date at fair value with holding gains and losses taken directly into current earnings (as opposed to comprehensive income).  See Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs 220-231 beginning on Page 123 of FAS 133 leave little doubt that the FASB feels "fair value is the most relevant measure for financial instrument and the only relevant measure for derivative instruments."    Allowing gains and losses from qualified FAS 133-allowed cash flow hedges to be deferred in OCI was more of a political compromise that the FASB intends for the long-term.  But the compromise extends only so far as present GAAP.  It allows OCI deferral on cash flow hedges only if the hedged items are carried at cost under GAAP.  For example, lumber inventory is carried at cost and can be hedged with OCI deferrals of gains and losses on the derivative instrument such as a forward contract that hedges the price of lumber.  The same cannot be said for gold inventory.

The forecasted purchase of lumber inventoried at cost can be a hedged item, but the forecasted purchase of gold or some other "precious" market commodity cannot qualify for OCI deferral as a hedged item.   The reason is that  "precious" items under GAAP are booked at maintained at market value.  For example, suppose a forward contract is entered into on January 1 when commodity's price is $300 per unit.  The "political issue" issue faced by the FASB is merely a matter of when gains and losses on the derivative contract are posted to current earnings.  If the price goes up to $400 per unit on July 1 when the commodity is actually purchased, there is a $100 per unit deferred gain on the forward contract that is transferred from OCI to current earnings if the commodity is lumber.  If the commodity is "precious" gold, however, the there is no intervening credit to OCI because of Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Illustrative journal entries are shown below:

 

Transactions

in Lumber

Transactions

in Gold

Date

Accounts

Debit

Credit

Debit

Credit

1/1/x1

Forward

0

 

0

 

        Cash

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

Various dates

Forward

100

 

100

 

        OCI

 

100

 

 

       P&L

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

7/1/x1

Inventory

400

 

400

 

        Cash

 

400

 

400

 

 

 

 

7/1/x1

Cash

100

 

100

 

        Forward

 

100

 

100

 

 

 

 

7/1/x1

OCI

100

 

 

 

        P&L

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

The forward contract was not a FAS 133-allowed cash flow hedge even though it was an economic hedge.  The reason goes back to Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of SFAS 130.

For this same reason, a trading security (not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115) cannot be a FAS 133 hedged item.  That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued (like gold) with unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings.  Conversely, Paragraphs 4c on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.  Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.   Mention of available-for sale is made in Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133.  Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  See held-to-maturity.  Suppose a firm has a forecasted transaction to purchase a held-to-maturity bond investment denominated in a foreign currency.  Under SFAS 115, the bond will eventually, after the bond purchase, be adjusted to fair value on each reporting date.  As a result, any hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure to cash flows cannot receive favorable cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133 rules (as is illustrated in Examples 6 beginning on Page 265 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998).   Before the bond is purchased, its forecasted transaction is not allowed to be a hedged item under Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133 since, upon execution of the transaction, the bond "will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value ...."  Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.

Even more confusing is Paragraph 29e that requires the cash flow hedge to be on prices or interest rates rather than credit worthiness.  For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e.  The forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers.  Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.  Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.  See also credit risk swaps.

A  swaption can be a cash flow hedge.   See swaption.

Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge.  Reasons are given in Paragraph 472 beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133.  See minority interest.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for in a similar manner but not identical manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39 (other than the fact that none of the IAS 39 standards define comprehensive income or require that changes in fair value not yet posted to current earnings be classified under comprehensive income in the equity section of a balance sheet):

To the extent that the cash flow hedge is effective, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized initially in equity. Subsequently, that amount is included in net profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged item affects net profit or loss (for example, through cost of sales, depreciation, or amortization).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm (emphasis added):

IAS 39 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will adjust the basis (carrying amount) of the acquired asset or liability. The gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability is subsequently included in net profit or loss when the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised).

FAS 133 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will remain in equity when the asset or liability is acquired. That gain or loss will subsequently included in net profit or loss in the same period as the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised). Thus, net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under FASB.

 

DIG issues at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 
Section G: Cash Flow Hedges

*Issue G1—Hedging an SAR Obligation (Cleared 02/17/99)

*Issue G2—Hedged Transactions That Arise from Gross Settlement of a Derivative ("All in One" Hedges) (Cleared 03/31/99)

*Issue G3—Discontinuation of a Cash Flow Hedge (Cleared 03/31/99)

*Issue G4—Hedging Voluntary Increases in Interest Credited on an Insurance Contract Liability (Cleared 07/28/99)

*Issue G5—Hedging the Variable Price Component
(Cleared 11/23/99)

Issue G6—Impact of Implementation Issue E1 on Cash Flow Hedges of Market Interest Rate Risk
(Released 11/99)

Issue G7—Measuring the Ineffectiveness of a Cash Flow Hedge of Interest Rate Risk under Paragraph 30(b) When the Shortcut Method is Not Applied
(Released 11/99)

Issue G8—Hedging Interest Rate Risk of Foreign-Currency-Denominated Floating-Rate Debt
(Released 11/99)

 

CBOE =

Chicago Board Options Exchange.  See http://www.cboe.com/    Also see CBOT and CME.

You can find some great tutorials at http://www.cboe.com/education/   For the best educational materials at CBOE, you have to download the Authorware player. But that is free and easy to download.

CBOT =

Chicago Board of TradeSee http://www.cbot.com/   For some good tutorials, go to http://www.cbot.com/ourproducts/index.html.  Also see CBOE and CME.

Circus =

a hedging combination that entails both an interest rate swap and a foreign currency swap.   As a   single-contract derivative, the circus swap runs into trouble in FAS 133 because it simultaneously hedges a price (or interest rate) risk and foreign currency risk.   Suppose a U.S. company has a trading or available-for-sale portfolio containing a variable rate note receivable in Brazilian reals.   Suppose the company enters into a circus swap that hedges both interest rate and foreign currency risks.  Since SFAS 115 requires that the hedged item (the Brazilian note) be remeasured to fair value at each interest rate date (with foreign currency gains and losses being accounted for under SFAS 52), Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133 prohibit the Brazilian note for being the basis of a cash flow hedge.  Paragraph 18 on the top of Page 10 prohibits "separating a compound derivative into components representing different risks .... "  Example 14 beginning on Page 271 illustrates the same problem with a note payable illustration in Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998. 

If the Brazilian note was instead classified as held-to-maturity, the booked value is not remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date.  That overcomes the Paragraph 21c revaluation objection on Page 14 of FAS 133.  Since the note is not an equity investment, other barriers in Paragraph 21c do not apply.  However, held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  And Paragraph 18 on Page 10 looms as a lingering barrier.

To circumvent the Paragraph 18 problem of having compound risk hedges in a single contract, the U.S. company could enter into to separate derivative contracts such as an interest rate swap accompanied by an independent forward contract that hedges the foreign currency risk.  Then the issue for a cash flow hedging combination is whether the Brazilian note qualifies as a hedging instrument qualifies under Paragraph 29 rules beginning on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 20e bans interest rate hedging if the note is declared held-to-maturity.   Paragraph 20d bans interest rate hedging for a note declared as a trading security under SFAS 115.  Conversely, Paragraphs 4c on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.  Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.   Mention of available-for sale is made in Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133.  Even if this results in accounting for the two derivatives as a cash flow hedge of the Brazilian note, the same cannot be said for a fair value hedge since the forward contract hedging foreign currency risk must be carried at fair value.  Somewhat similar conclusions arise for a foreign currency note payable illustration in Example 15 on Page 272 of Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

One of my students wrote the following case just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:

Brian T. Simmons For his case and case solution entitled ACCOUNTING FOR CIRCUS SWAPS: AN INSTRUCTIONAL CASE click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/bsimmons/circus/framecase.htm .  He states the following:

This case examines a basic circus swap which involves not only the exchange of floating interest rate for fixed, but also one currency for another. Separation of the effects from both interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations is no simple matter. In fact, no formal accounting pronouncements specifically address this issue. (prior to FAS 133).

The introduction first reviews the history and reasoning of pronouncements leading up to Exposure Draft 162-B. For years, institutions have relied on settlement accounting to record their derivative instruments. With growing concern over the risk of these instruments, however, the SEC and FASB have attempted to increase the detail of disclosure regarding the value and risk of their derivative portfolio. The case provides an example of a hybrid instrument in the form of a circus swap. The case questions review the accounting for these types of instruments under the current settlement accounting guidelines as well as the new fair-value method. Additionally, a simplistic measure of Risk Per Contract (RPC) is developed. By using information that is easy for management to obtain, the likelihood of the benefits of RPC outweighing the costs is greatly enhanced.

Clearly-and-Closely Related Criteria (or Clearly and Closely Related) =

criteria that determine when and when not to treat an embedded derivative as a freestanding contract apart from its host contract.  An embedded derivative that is both deemed to be free standing and is not clearly-and-closely related" must be accounted for separately rather than remain buried in the accounting for the host contract.  Relevant sections of FAS 133 include Paragraphs 304-311 in Pages 150-153 and Paragraphs 443-450 in Pages 196-198.  The FASB reversed its ED 162-B position on compound derivatives.   Examples 12-34 beginning in Paragraph 176 on Page 93 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.  For example, a call option cannot be accounted for separately if it is clearly-and-closely related to to a hybrid instrument that is clearly an equity instrument on a freestanding basis and, thereby, is not subject to FAS 133 rules.  If a prepayment option on a in a variable rate mortgage is based upon an interest rate index, the option is clearly-and-closely related to the host contract and cannot be accounted for separate from its host.  On the other hand, if the option is instead based upon a stock price index such as the Standard and Poors 500 index. the option is no longer clearly-and-closely related to to the host contract.  See hedge.

For example suppose a bond receivable has a variable interest rate with an embedded range floater derivative that specifies a collar of 4% to 8% based upon LIBOR.  The bond holder receives no interest payments in any period where the average LIBOR is outside the collar.  In this case, the range floater embedded option cannot be isolated and accounted for apart from the host bond contract.  The reason is that the option is "clearly-and-closely related" to the interest payments under the host contract (i.e., it can adjust the interest rate).  See Paragraph 12 beginning on Page 7 of FAS 133.

Some debt has a combination of fixed and floating components.  For example, a "fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate.   This type of bond has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward component for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.   Since the forward component is  "clearly-and-closely related"adjustment of interest of the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of FAS 133 (unless conditions in Paragraph 13 apply). 

Illustrations are provided under cap and floater.

See DIG Issue B5 under embedded derivatives.

CME =

Chicago Mercantile ExchangeSee http://www.cme.com   Also see CBOE and CBOT.

Collar=

a hedge that confines risk to a particular range. For example, one form of collar entails buying a call option and selling a put option in such a manner that extreme price variations are hedged from both sides. In Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of FAS 133, a timing collar is discussed.  A collar combines a cap and a floor.  Another example is given in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133. Also see cap and  floater.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligation CMO =

a priority claim against collateral used to back mortgage debt. This is considered a derivative financial instrument, because the value is derived from another asset whose value, in turn, varies with global and economic circumstances.

Combination Option = see compound derivatives and option.

Commercial Paper Hedging Message

Hi Bob,
Re the commercial paper problem:  The difficulty is articulating the 
criteria for the test that is sufficiently liberal to ensure that you 
qualify for hedge accounting - which is the problem everyone faces for a 
cross hedge.  It's easier for cash flow hedges, as opposed to fair value 
hedges, however, as there is no concern about the "aging" of the security. 
 That is, for fair value hedges, I believe you have to worry about the fact 
that the hedged item's maturity is declining over the accounting period. 
 You don't have this concern for cash flow hedges.

I'm handling just this type of concern for a major bank.
Ira
Kawaller & Company, LLC
(718) 694-6270
kawaller@idt.net
www.kawaller.com 

Commitment Exposure =

economic exposure arising from the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on the cost curves of competitors. See firm commitment and hedge.

Commodity-Indexed Embedded Derivative =

a derivative embedded in a contract such as an interest bearing note that changes the amount of the payments according to movements of a commodity price index.  When a contract has such a provision, the embedded portion must be separated from the host contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61i on Page 43 of FAS 133.   This makes embedded commodity indexed derivative accounting different than credit indexed and   inflation indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that do not allow separation from the host contract.  In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like equity indexed accounting. See index, equity-indexed, derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives

In my viewpoint, not all commodity indexed derivatives fail the Paragraph 61i test.  See my Mexcobre Case.

Competitive Exposure =

economic exposure arising from the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on the cost curves of competitors.

Compound Derivatives  =

derivatives that encompass more than one contractual provision such that different risk exposures are hedged in the compound derivative contract.  Paragraph 18 on Pages 9-10 prohibits separation of a compound derivative into components to designate different risks and then use only one or a subset of components as a hedging instrument.  FAS 133, Pages 167-168, Paragraphs 360-361 discusses how the FASB clung to its position on pro rata decomposition in FAS 133 vis-à-vis the earlier Exposure Draft 162-B that also did not allow pro rata decomposition. Further discussion is given in Paragraphs 523-524.  See circus, derivative, embedded derivatives, and option.

Closely related are synthetic instruments arising when multiple financial instruments are synthetically combined into a single instrument, possibly to meet hedge criteria under FAS 133. FAS 133 does not allow synthetic instrument accounting. See Paragraphs 349-350 on Page 164 of FAS 133.  Examples 12-34 beginning in Paragraph 176 on Page 93 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.  These criteria are discussed under hedge.  For a case illustration of a synthetic instrument hedging situation see D.C. Cerf and F.J. Elmy, "Accounting for Derivatives:  The Case Study of a Currency Swap Used to Hedge Foreign Exchange Rate Exposure," Issues in Accounting Education, November 1999, 931-956.

In summary, for hedging purposes, a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or designating different components as hedges of different exposures."   See Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs dealing with compound derivative issues include the following:

  • Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9,

  • Footnote 13 on Page 29,

  • Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167,

  • Paragraph 413 on Page 186,

  • Paragraphs 523-524 beginning on Page 225.

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133 makes an exception to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 for portfolios of dissimilar assets and liabilities. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Paragraph 18 at the top of  Page 10 does allow a single derivative to be divided into components  but never with partitioning of  "different risks and designating each component as a hedging instrument."   An example using Dutch guilders versus French francs is given under cash flow hedge.  The problem is troublesome in circuses.

Compound derivative rules do not always apply to compound options such as a combination of put and call options.  Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 highlights these exceptions for written compound options or a combination of a written option and a purchased option.  The test is that for all changes in the underlying, the hedging outcome provides positive cash flows that are never less than the unfavorable cash flows.  See Example 16 beginning on Page 273 of of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Comprehensive Income or Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) =

the change in equity of a business entity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources.   Paragraph 5 40 on Page 243 of FAS 133 defines it as follows:

The change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources.   It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners (FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, paragraph 70).

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners (FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements paragraph 70). The FASB’s ED 162-A proposed a standard on comprehensive income accounting that eventually became a standard in SFAS 130. FAS 133 sought to book financial instrument derivatives without changing net earnings levels prior to issuance of FAS 133. Accordingly, booking of derivative hedgings at fair market value, especially cash flow hedges, entails deferral of earnings in Other Comprehensive Income until cash settlements transpire. Comprehensive income is discussed at various points in FAS 133, notably Paragraphs 46-47, 18c, 127-130, 131-139, 140-143, 144-152, 162-164, 165-172, 173-177, and 338-344.  The acronym AOCI is sometimes used to depict accumulated other comprehensive income. 

The International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) has not yet defined or required comprehensive statements or the Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) account.  This is especially important since it causes important reproted earnings differences  between IAS 39 versus FAS 133.  Under FAS 133, the OCI account is used for cash flow hedges.  OCI is not used under IAS 39.

See also struggle statement.

Click here to view where Rashad calls OCI the FASB's garbage can.

Contango Swap = the following according to one of my students:

A contango swap is a commodity curve swap, which enables the user to lock in a positive spread between the forward price and the spot price. A producer of a commodity, for example, might pay an amount equal to the 6-month futures contract and receive a floating payment equal to the daily price plus a spread. This enables the commodity producer to lock-in the positive spread and hedge against anticipated backwardation.    Her project on such a swap is as follows:

Debra W. Hutcheson For her case and case solution on Accounting for Commodity and Contango Swaps, click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/dhutches/project.htm .  She states the following:

This case examines the interplay of a cotton consumer and a cotton producer, both participating in a commodity swap, one of the many commodity-based financial instruments available to users. Each party wants to protect itself from commodity price risk and the cotton swap allows each participating party to "lock-in" a price for 6 million pounds of cotton. One party might lose in the cotton swap and, therefore, must enter into some other derivative alternatives. Additionally, this case examines the requirements for accounting for these contracts under the FASB’s latest exposure draft on accounting for derivatives and the "forward-looking" disclosure required by the SEC.

The term "contango" is also used in futures trading.  It refers to situations in which the spot price is higher than the futures price and converges toward  zero from above the futures price.  In contrast, backwardation arises when the spot price is lower than the futures price, thereby yielding an upward convergence as maturity draws near.  See basis.

Contingent Consideration =

outcomes that have maturities or payouts that depend upon the outcome of a a contingency such as a civil lawsuit.  Contingent consideration in a business combination as defined in Paragraph 78 of APB 16 are excluded (for the issuer) from the scope of FAS 133 under Paragraph 11c on Page 7.  Accounting for this type of transaction remains as originally required for the issuer in APB 16.  Contingent lease rentals based on related sales volume, inflation indexed rentals, and contingent rentals based upon a variable interest rate are also excluded from FAS 133 in Paragraph 61j on Page 43.

Convertible Debt =

a debt contract that has an embedded derivative such as an option to convert the instrument debt into common stock must be viewed as having an embedded option.  When a contract has such a provision, the embedded portion must be separated from the host contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61k on Page 43 of FAS 133.   See derivative financial instrument and embedded option.

Convexity = 

the rate of change of duration as yields change. For all option-free bonds, duration increases as yields decline. An option-free bond is said to have positive convexity.  See yield curve.

Covered Call and Covered Put  =

simultaneous writing (selling) of a call option coupled with ownership (long position) of the underlying asset.  The written call option is a short position that exposes the call option writer to upside risk.  A covered call transfers upside potential of the long position to the buyer of the call and, thereby, may create more upside price risk than downside price expected benefit.    Paragraph 399 on Page 180 does not allow hedge accounting for covered calls, because the upside potential must be equal to or greater than the downside potential.   In the case of a covered call, the upside risk may exceed the downside potential..   

A covered put entails writing (selling) a put option (long position) coupled with having a short position (e.g., a short sale contract) on the underlying asset.  In the case of a covered put, the downside risk may exceed the downside potential.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.   In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.  Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.

Also see option and written option.

Credit Risk Swap =

a form of insurance against default by means of a swap. See Paragraphs 190 and 411d of FAS 133. See Risks.

Somewhat confusing is Paragraph 29e on Page 20 of FAS 133 that requires any cash flow hedge to be on prices or interest rates rather than credit worthiness.  For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e.  The forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers.  Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.  Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

One of my students wrote the following case just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:.  John D. Payne's case and case solution entitled A Case Study of Accounting for an Interest Rate Swap and a Credit Derivative appear at http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jpayne/coverpag.htm .  He states the following:

The objective of this case is to provide students with an in-depth examination of a vanilla swap and to introduce students to the accounting for a unique hedging device--a credit derivative. The case is designed to induce students to become familiar with FASB Exposure Draft 162-B and to prepare students to account for a given derivative transaction from the perspective of all parties involved. In 1991, Vandalay Industries borrowed $500,000 from Putty Chemical Bank and simultaneously engaged in an interest rate swap with a counterparty. The goal of the swap was to hedge away the risk that variable rates would increase by agreeing to a fixed-payable, variable-receivable swap, thus hopefully obtaining a lower borrowing cost than if variable rates were used through the life of the loan. In 1992, Putty Chemical Bank entered into a credit derivative with Mr. Pitt Co. in order to eliminate the credit risk that Vandalay would default on repayment of its loan principal to Putty.

A good site on credit risk is at http://www.numa.com/ref/volatili.htm   

Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.

You can read more about credit derivatives at http://www.intltreasurer.com/corpcder.htm 

Credit Sensitive Payments =

payments on a debt instrument that vary under an embedded option that adjusts the interest rate on the basis of changed credit rating of the borrower.  Paragraph 61c on Page 41 of FAS 133 defines these payments as clearly-and-closely related such that the embedded derivative cannot be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12 on Page 7.  This makes embedded credit derivative accounting different than commodity indexed and equity indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that require separation from the host contract such as commodity indexed, equity indexed, and inflation indexed embedded derivatives.  In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like inflation indexed accounting.  See derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives.

Cross Hedge = See cross rate and foreign currency hedge.

Cross-Currency Hedge = see foreign currency hedge.

Cross Rate =

the exchange rate between two currencies other than the dollar, calculated using the dollar exchange rates of those currencies.  A cross rate is a rate / price implied by two or more component prices / rates.  Cross-hedging entails a hedge that has basis risk because the derivative and the hedged item are referenced to indexes whose changes are imperfectly correlated.  See basis risk.

Crude Oil Knock-in Note

a bond that has upside potential on the principal payback contingent upon prices in the crude oil market.  Such a note is illustrated in Example 21 in Paragraph 187 of FAS 133.

CTA = a term with alternate meanings.

Commodity Trading Advisor - One who provides advice on investing in currencies as a separate asset class. Some also act in a separate function as overlay managers, advising on hedging the currency risk in international asset portfolios.

Cumulative Translation Adjustment - An entry in a translated balance sheet in which gains and losses from transactions have been accumulated over a period of years.

Cumulative Dollar Offset = see ineffectiveness.

Currency Swap =

a transaction in which two counterparties exchange specific amounts of two different currencies at the outset and repay over time at a predetermined rate that reflects interest payments and possibly amortization of the principal as well. The payment flows are based on fixed interest rates in each currency.    An example of a currency swap in FAS 133 appears in Example 5 Paragraphs 131-139 on Pages 72-76.

Current Rate =

The exchange rate in effect at the relevant-financial-statement date.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

D-Terms

Dedesignation =

a change in status of a designated hedge such that all or a portion of the hedged amounts must be taken into current earnings rather being deferred.  Dedesignation for cash flow hedges is discussed in Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133.  If a cash forecasted transaction becomes a firm commitment, its corresponding cash flow hedge must be dedesignated.  Controversies between the FASB's distinction between forecasted transactions versus firm commitments are discussed in Paragraphs 324-325 on Page 157 of FAS 133.

An illustration of dedesignation. is given in Example 10 in Paragraphs 165-172 of FAS 133.  Example 10 illustrates a forward contract cash flow hedge of a forecasted series of transactions in a foreign currency.  When the forecasted transactions become accounts receivable, a portion of the value changes in the futures contract must be taken into current earnings rather than other comprehensive income.  Another illustration of dedesignation. is in Example 7 of FAS 133, pp. 79-80, Paragraphs 144-152.  See derecognition and  hedge.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A financial asset is derecognised if

  • the transferee has the right to sell or pledge the asset; and

  • the transferor does not have the right to reacquire the transferred assets. (However, such a right does not prevent derecognition if either the asset is readily obtainable in the market or the reacquisition price is fair value at the time of reacquisition.)

FAS 133
In addition to those criteria, FASB requires that the transferred assets be legally isolated from the transferor even in the event of the transferor’s bankruptcy.

 

Defeasance =

the early extinguishment of debt by depositing, in risk-free securities, the present value of the interest and principal payments in an irrevocable trust such that the earnings from the trust will service the debt and have sufficient funds to eventually extinguish the debt.  Exxon invented the concept in the 1970s.  In one instance Exxon captured $132 million of unrealized gain on $515 million of long-term debt acquired when interest rates were high.  The trust must be entirely under the control of an independent trustee. Defeasance was sometimes used to remove debt and capture gains when recalling the bonds had relatively high transaction costs.   The FASB allowed defeasance to capture gains and remove debt from the balance sheet in SFAS 76.  However, this  was rescinded in SFAS 125.  Defeasance can no longer remove debt from the balance sheet or be used to capture unrecognized gains due to interest rate increases.  See derecognition.

Defined-Benefit-Plan = see not-for-profit.

Delivered Floater = see floater.

DELTA = see ineffectivness.

Derecognition =

the opposite of recognizing an asset or liability on the balance sheet.  Assets are derecognized when they are sold or abandoned.   Liabilities are derecognized when they are paid or forgiven.  Derecognition, however, can be a more complex issue when rights or obligations are changed in other ways.   Paragraph 26 on Page 17 and Paragraph 491 on Page 213of FAS 133 require that the fair value of a firm commitment be derecognized when the hedged item no no longer meets the Paragraph 22 criteria.  The concept appears again in Paragraph 49.  See dedesignation.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A financial asset is derecognised if

  • the transferee has the right to sell or pledge the asset; and

  • the transferor does not have the right to reacquire the transferred assets. (However, such a right does not prevent derecognition if either the asset is readily obtainable in the market or the reacquisition price is fair value at the time of reacquisition.)

FAS 133
In addition to those criteria, FASB requires that the transferred assets be legally isolated from the transferor even in the event of the transferor’s bankruptcy.

 

IAS 39
Guidance in IAS 39 includes the following example. A bank transfers a loan to another bank, but to preserve the relationship of the transferor bank with its customer, the acquiring bank is not allowed to sell or pledge the loan. Although the inability to sell or pledge would suggest that the transferee has not obtained control, in this instance the transfer is a sale provided that the transferor does not have the right or ability to reacquire the transferred asset.

FAS 133
While a similar example is not included in FASB Standards, FASB Standards might be interpreting as prohibiting derecognition by the transferor bank.

 

Derivative =

A financial instrument whose value is derived from changes in the value of some underlying asset such as a commodity, a share of stock, a debt instrument, or a unit of currency.  A nice review appears in Myron Scholes' Nobel lecture that is reprinted as "Derivatives in a Dynamic Environment," American Economic Review, June 1998, 350-370.  For further elaboration, see derivative financial instrument.    Especially note the terms hedge and disclosure.

A great listing of links on options, derivatives, futures and commodities --- http://www.investingsites.com/options_derivatives.htm 
Not much about FAS 133 in this site.

Also see CBOE, CBOT, and CME for some great tutorials on derivatives investing and hedging.

Derivative Financial Instrument =

a financial instrument that by its terms, at inception or upon the occurrence of a specified event, provides the holder (or writer) with the right (or obligation) to participate in some or all of the price changes of an underlying (that is, one or more referenced financial instruments, commodities, or other assets, or other specific items to which a rate, an index of prices, or another market indicator is applied) and does not require that the holder or writer own or deliver the underlying.  A contract that requires ownership or delivery of the underlying is a derivative financial instrument if (a) the underlying is another derivative, (b) a mechanism exists in the market (such as an organized exchange) to enter into a closing contract with only a net cash settlement, or (c) the contract is customarily settled with only a net cash payment based on changes in the price of the underlying.  What is most noteworthy about derivative financial instruments is that in the past two decades, the global use of derivatives has exploded exponentially to where the trading in notional amounts is in trillions of dollars.  Unlike FAS 133, IAS 39 makes explicit reference also to an insurance index or catastrophe loss index and a climatic or geological condition. 

 The FASB provides a free 95-page document that defines derivatives in greater detail and provides summaries of various types of derivatives.  The document can be downloaded from "Summary of Derivatives Types from FASB" at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivsum.exeA somewhat simpler definition is given at http://www.finpipe.com/derivatives.htm (I recommend visiting that website to learn more about derivatives and how they are used.)

A derivative financial product is a contrived instrument, the value of which depends indirectly on the price of a cash instrument. The price of the cash instrument is referred to as the "underlying" price, quite often. Examples of cash instruments include actual shares in a company, physical stocks of commodities, cash foreign exchange, etc.

Why use derivatives and not just cash instruments? Derivatives exist to solve specific positioning, accounting and regulatory problems.

Recommended Tutorials on Derivative Financial Instruments (but not about FAS 133 or IAS 39)

CBOE --- http://www.cboe.com/education/ 

CBOT --- http://www.cbot.com/ourproducts/index.html 

CME --- http://www.cme.com/educational/index.html 

Recommended Tutorials on FAS 133

Recommended Glossaries

Bob Jensen's FAS 133 Glossary on Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

Also see comprehensive risk and trading glossaries such as the ones listed below that provide broader coverage of derivatives instruments terminology but almost nothing in terms of FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS39:

A nonderivative financial instrument fails one or more of the above tests to qualify as a derivative in FAS 133.  Nonderivatives do not necessarily have to be adjusted to fair value like derivative instruments.  However, they may be used for economic hedges even though they do not qualify for special hedge accounting under FAS 133.  Exceptions in FAS 133 that afford special hedge accounting treatment for nonderivative instruments that hedge foreign currency fair value and/or hedge foreign currency exposures of net investment in a foreign operation.  See FAS Paragraphs 6c, 17d, 18d, 20c, 28d, 37, 39, 40, 42, 44, 45, 246, 247, 255, 264, 293-304, 476, 477, and 479.  Also see foreign currency hedge.

It is important to note that all derivatives in finance may not fall under the FAS 133 definition.  In FAS 133, a derivative must have a notional, an underlying, and net settlement.  There are other requirements such as a zero or minimal initial investment as specified in Paragraph 6b and Appendix A Paragraph 57b of FAS 133 and Paragraph 10b of IAS 39.  Examples of derivatives that are explicitly excluded are discussed in Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm

There must also be zero or small net investment to meet the definition of a derivative financial instrument  (FAS 133 Paragraphs 6b and Appendix A Paragraph 57b.  Also see IAS 39 IAS 39: Paragraph 10b)

DIG FAS 133 Implementation Issue A1 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea1.html 
QUESTION

If an entity enters into a forward contract that requires the purchase of 1 share of an unrelated company’s common stock in 1 year for $110 (the market forward price) and at inception the entity elects to prepay the contract pursuant to its terms for $105 (the current price of the share of common stock), does the contract meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b) related to initial net investment and therefore meet the definition of a derivative for that entity? If not, is there an embedded derivative that warrants separate accounting?

RESPONSE

Paragraph 6(b) of Statement 133 specifies that a derivative requires either no initial net investment or a smaller initial net investment than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors. If no prepayment is made at inception, the contract would meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b) because it does not require an initial net investment but, rather, contains an unexercised election to prepay the contract at inception. Paragraph 8 further clarifies paragraph 6(b) and states that a derivative instrument does not require an initial net investment in the contract that is equal to the notional amount or that is determined by applying the notional amount to the underlying. If the contract gives the entity the option to "prepay" the contract at a later date during its one-year term (at $105 or some other specified amount), exercise of that option would be accounted for as a loan that is repayable at $110 at the end of the forward contract’s one-year term.

If instead, the entity elects to prepay the contract at inception for $105, the contract does not meet the definition of a freestanding derivative. The initial net investment of $105 is equal to the initial price of the 1 share of stock being purchased under the contract and therefore is equal to the investment that would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors. However, the entity must assess whether that nonderivative instrument contains an embedded derivative that, pursuant to paragraph 12, requires separate accounting as a derivative. In this example, the prepaid contract is a hybrid instrument that is composed of a debt instrument (as the host contract) and an embedded derivative based on equity prices. The host contract is a debt instrument because the holder has none of the rights of a shareholder, such as the ability to vote the shares and receive distributions to shareholders. (See paragraph 60 of Statement 133.) Unless the hybrid instrument is remeasured at fair value with changes in value recorded in earnings as they occur, the embedded derivative must be separated from the host contract because the economic characteristics and risks of a derivative based on equity prices are not clearly and closely related to a debt host contract, and a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would be a derivative subject to the requirements of Statement 133.

 

Also see other DIG issues under net settlement.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A derivative is a financial instrument—

(a) - whose value changes in response to the change in a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, a credit rating or credit index, or similar variable (sometimes called the ‘underlying’);

(b) - that requires no initial net investment or little initial net investment relative to other types of contracts that have a similar response to changes in market conditions; and

(c) - that is settled at a future date.

FAS 133
(a) – same as IAS 39

(b) – same as IAS 39

(c) – FASB definition requires that the terms of the derivative contract require or permit net settlement.

FAS 133 Paragraph 408 reads as follows:

The Board recognizes that entities are commonly exposed to a variety of risks in the course of their activities, including interest rate, foreign exchange, market price, credit, liquidity, theft, weather, health, catastrophe, competitive, and business cycle risks. The Exposure Draft did not propose detailed guidance on what risks could be designated as being hedged, other than to note in the basis for conclusions that special hedge accounting for certain risk management transactions, such as hedges of strategic risk, would be precluded. In redeliberating the issue of risk, the Board reaffirmed that hedge accounting cannot be provided for all possible risks and decided to be more specific about the risks for which hedge accounting is available.

Various exceptions are dealt with in Paragraph 58 of FAS 133.  For example, Paragraph 58c reads as follows:

Certain contracts that are not traded on an exchange. A contract that is not traded on an exchange is not subject to the requirements of this Statement if the underlying is:

(1) A climatic or geological variable or other physical variable. Climatic, geological, and other physical variables include things like the number of inches of rainfall or snow in a particular area and the severity of an earthquake as measured by the Richter scale.

(2) The price or value of (a) a nonfinancial asset of one of the parties to the contract unless that asset is readily convertible to cash or (b) a nonfinancial liability of one of the parties to the contract unless that liability requires delivery of an asset that is readily convertible to cash.

(3) Specified volumes of sales or service revenues by one of the parties. That exception is intended to apply to contracts with settlements based on the volume of items sold or services rendered, for example, royalty agreements. It is not intended to apply to contracts based on changes in sales or revenues due to changes in market prices.

If a contract's underlying is the combination of two or more variables, and one or more would not qualify for one of the exceptions above, the application of this Statement to that contract depends on the predominant characteristics of the combined variable. The contract is subject to the requirements of this Statement if the changes in its combined underlying are highly correlated with changes in one of the component variables that would not qualify for an exception.

Also see "regular-way" security trading exceptions in Paragraph 58a if FAS 133.  Also note the exception in DIG C1.  Some general DIG exceptions to the scope of FAS 133 are listed in the "C" category at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 

DIG exceptions at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 
Section C: Scope Exceptions

*Issue C1—Exception Related to Physical Variables (Cleared 02/17/99)

*Issue C2—Application of the Exception to Contracts Classified in Temporary Equity (Cleared 02/17/99)

*Issue C3—Exception Related to Stock-Based Compensation Arrangements (Cleared 02/17/99)

*Issue C4—Interest-Only and Principal-Only Strips (Cleared 02/17/99)

*Issue C5—Exception Related to a Nonfinancial Asset of One of the Parties (Cleared 02/17/99)

*Issue C6—Derivative Instruments Related to Assets Transferred in Financing Transactions (Cleared 03/31/99)

*Issue C7—Certain Financial Guarantee Contracts (Cleared 07/28/99)

*Issue C8—Derivatives That Incorporate an Underlying on the Issuer's Equity Price (Released 10/99)

A nice review of the theory and application (aside from accounting) of derivative financial instruments appears in Myron Scholes' Nobel lecture that is reprinted as "Derivatives in a Dynamic Environment," American Economic Review, June 1998, 350-370.   Types of embedded derivative  instruments are often indexed debt and investment contracts such as commodity indexed interest or principal payments, convertible debt, credit indexed contracts, equity indexed contracts, and inflation indexed contracts.  By "indexed" it is meant that an uncertain economic event that is measured by an economic index (e.g., a credit rating index, commodity price index, convertible debt, or inflation index) defined in the contract.  An equity index might be defined as a particular index derived from common stock price movements such as the Dow Industrial Index or the Standard and Poors 500 Index.   Derivative instruments may also be futures contracts, forward contracts, interest rate swaps, foreign currency derivatives, warrants, forward rate agreements, basis swaps,  and complex combinations of such contracts such as a circus combination.    Interest rate swaps are the most common form of derivatives in terms of notional amounts.  There are Paragraph 6b initial investment size limitations discussed under the term premium.

Derivatives that are covered by FAS 133 accounting rules must remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date.  Paragraph 18 on Page 10 of FAS 133 outlines how to account gains and losses on derivative financial instruments designated for FAS 133 accounting.  See hedge accounting.

FAS 133 does not change the requirement banning the netting of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) unless there is a right of  setoff.  This rule goes back to APB 10, Omnibus Opinion.  Hence the aggregate of positive valued derivative financial instruments cannot be netted against those with negative values.  The only exception would be when there are contractual rights of offset.  FAS 133 is silent as to whether derivatives expiring in the very near future are cash equivalents in the cash flow statement.  KPMG argues against that in terms of SFAS 95 rules.  See Example 6 beginning on Page 347 of of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

FAS 133 requires disclosures of hedging gains and losses by risk type.  Paragraph 45 on beginning on Page 27 does require that aggregate net amounts be reported by type of hedge.  Disclosure by market risk category is required by the SEC. 

In this FAS 133 Glossary, there are added conditions to become a qualified derivative financial instrument under FAS 133 rules.   In certain instances a nonfinancial derivative will also suffice for accounting under FAS 133 rules.  Unless noted otherwise it will be assumed that such instruments meet the FAS 133 criteria.  The formal definition of a derivative financial instrument for purposes of FAS 133 is given in Paragraph 249 on Page 133.  Such an instrument must have all three of the following attributes:

a. 
It has (1) one or more underlyings and (2) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both.

b.
It requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors.

c.
Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readily be settled net by means outside the contract, or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different from net settlement.

Initial investment is an important criterion for distinguishing a derivative instrument from a nonderivative instrument.  See Paragraph 6b on Page 3 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 256 on Page 135 contains the following example:

A party that wishes to participate in the changes in the fair value of 10,000 shares of a specific marketable equity security can, of course, do so by purchasing 10,000 shares of that security.  Alternatively, the party may enter into a forward purchase contract with a notional amount of 10,000 shares of that security and an underlying that is the price of that security. Purchasing the shares would require an initial investment equal to the current price for 10,000 shares and would result in benefits such as the receipt of dividends (if any) and the ability to vote the shares. A simple forward contract entered into at the current forward price for 10,000 shares of the equity instrument would not require an initial investment equal to the notional amount but would offer the same opportunity to benefit or lose from changes in the price of that security.

Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================

b.
A hedge of the exposure to variability in the cash flows of a recognized asset or liability, or of a forecasted transaction, that is attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a cash flow hedge)

c.
A hedge of the foreign currency exposure of

(1) an unrecognized firm commitment (a foreign currency fair value hedge), (

(2) an available-for-sale security (a foreign currency fair value hedge),

(3) a forecasted transaction (a foreign currency cash flow hedge), or

(4) a net investment in a foreign operation.

With respect to Section a above, a firm commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already booked.  For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.

With respect to Section c(1) above, firm commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already recognized.  See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  Similar reasoning applies to trading securities that are excluded in c(2) above since their gains and losses are already booked.  These gains have been deferred in comprehensive income for available-for-sale securities.

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity method.

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133 makes an exception to  Paragraph 29a on Page 20 for portfolios of dissimilar assets and liabilities. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

A more confusing, at least to me, portion of Paragraph 36 reads as follows:

The criterion in paragraph 21(c)(1) requires that a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) not be the hedged item in a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge because it is remeasured with the changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk (an exchange rate change) reported currently in earnings.  Similarly, the criterion in paragraph 29(d) requires that the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 not be the hedged item in a foreign currency cash flow hedge because, subsequent to acquisition or incurrence, the asset or liability will be remeasured with changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk reported currently in earnings. A foreign currency derivative instrument that has been entered into with another member of a consolidated group can be a hedging instrument in the consolidated financial statements only if that other member has entered into an offsetting contract with an unrelated third party to hedge the exposure it acquired from issuing the derivative instrument to the affiliate that initiated the hedge.

Investments accounted for under the equity method cannot be hedged items under FAS 133 accounting for reasons explained under the term "equity method."   Recall that the magic percentage of equity ownership is 20% of more.  Lower ownership share accounted for under the cost as opposed to equity method can be hedged. 

In summary, the major exceptions under FAS 133 are discussed in the following FAS 133 Paragraphs:

  • Business combinations APB Opinion No. 16 (FAS 133Paragraph 11c)

  • Shareholders' equity (FAS 133 Paragraph 11a)

  • Leases (FAS 133 Paragraph 10f)

  • Employee benefits (SFAS 123 (Paragraph 11b)

  • Insurance contracts (note exceptions in FAS 133 Paragraph 10c)

  • Financial guarantees (note exceptions in FAS 133 Paragraph 10d)

  • Physical indices (FAS 133 Paragraphs 10e, 58c)

  • Regular-way trades (FAS 133 Paragraphs 10b, 58b)

Exceptions are not as important in IAS 39, because fair value adjustments are required of all financial instruments.  However, exceptions or special accounting for derivatives are discussed at various places in IAS 39:

  • Business combinations )IAS 39 Paragraph 1g --- Also note  IAS 22 Paragraphs 65-76)

  • Shareholders' equity IAS 39 Paragraph 1e)

  • Leases IAS 39 Paragraph 1b)

  • Employee benefits IAS 39 Paragraph 1c)

  • Insurance contracts IAS 39 Paragraph 1d)

  • Financial guarantees IAS 39 Paragraph 1f)

  • Physical indices (IAS 39 Paragraph 1h)

  • Regular-way trades (Not an explicit exception in IAS 39)

DIG Issue C1 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuec1.html 
QUESTION

If a contract’s payment provision specifies that the issuer will pay to the holder $10,000,000 if aggregate property damage from all hurricanes in the state of Florida exceeds $50,000,000 during the year 2001, is the contract included in the scope of Statement 133? Alternatively, if the contract specifies that the issuer pays the holder $10,000,000 in the event that a hurricane occurs in Florida in 2001, is the contract included in the scope of Statement 133?

RESPONSE

If the contract contains a payment provision that requires the issuer to pay to the holder a specified dollar amount based on a financial variable, the contract is subject to the requirements of Statement 133. In the first example above, the payment under the contract occurs if aggregate property damage from a hurricane in the state of Florida exceeds $50,000,000 during the year 2001. The contract in that example contains two underlyings — a physical variable (that is, the occurrence of at least one hurricane) and a financial variable (that is, aggregate property damage exceeding a specified or determinable dollar limit of $50,000,000). Because of the presence of the financial variable as an underlying, the derivative contract does not qualify for the scope exclusion in paragraph 10(e)(1) of Statement 133.

In contrast, if the contract contains a payment provision that requires the issuer to pay to the holder a specified dollar amount that is linked solely to a climatic or other physical variable (for example, wind velocity or flood-water level), the contract is not subject to the requirements of Statement 133. In the second example above, the payment provision is triggered if a hurricane occurs in Florida in 2001. The underlying in that example is a physical variable (that is, occurrence of a hurricane). Therefore, the contract qualifies for the scope exclusion in paragraph 10(e)(1) of Statement 133.

However, if the contract requires a payment only when the holder incurs a decline in revenue or an increase in expense as a result of an event (for example, a hurricane) and the amount of the payoff is solely compensation for the amount of the holder’s loss, the contract would be a traditional insurance contract that is excluded from the scope of Statement 133 under paragraph 10(c).

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

See hedge and financial instrument.

Yahoo Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread use of derivative financial instruments.  That web site, however, will not help much with respect to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133 and IAS 39.  Also see CBOE, CBOT, and CME for some great tutorials on derivatives investing and hedging.

DIG

the Derivatives Implementation Group established by the FASB for purposes of helping firms implement FAS 133.  The web site is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/digmain.html

The Derivatives Implementation Group is a task force that was created to assist the FASB in answering questions that companies will face when they begin implementing Statement 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The FASB’s objective in forming the group was to establish a mechanism to identify and resolve significant implementation questions in advance of the implementation of Statement 133 by many companies.

The role of the Derivatives Implementation Group is different from that of other task forces previously assembled by the FASB because it was established to address issues related to a new Statement that has not yet been implemented by most companies. The responsibilities of the Derivatives Implementation Group are to identify practice issues that arise from applying the requirements of Statement 133 and to advise the FASB on how to resolve those issues. In addition to members of the implementation group, any constituent or organization may submit questions to be debated by the group by sending a detailed letter to the group chairman, FASB Vice Chairman Jim Leisenring. The FASB staff also seeks input from the implementation group on selected technical inquiries that it resolves.

The model for the Derivatives Implementation Group is the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) with the key difference being that the Derivatives Implementation Group does not formally vote on issues to reach a consensus. Instead, it is the responsibility of the Chairman to identify an agreed-upon resolution that emerges based upon the group’s debate. Implementation group members are free submit written objections to any issue where the group reaches an agreed-upon resolution. In instances where no clear resolution of an issue emerges, the issue may be further discussed at a future meeting or handled by the FASB staff.

After each meeting of the Derivatives Implementation Group, the FASB staff has the responsibility of documenting tentative conclusions reached by the group. Those tentative conclusions are publicly available on the FASB web site approximately three weeks after a meeting of the Derivatives Implementation Group. Those conclusions will remain tentative until they are formally cleared by the FASB and become part of an FASB staff implementation guide (Q&A). The Board is typically not asked to formally clear the staff's tentative conclusions at a public Board meeting until those conclusions have been publicly available on the web site for at least one month. That delay provides constituents the opportunity to study those conclusions and submit any comments before the Board considers formal clearance.

Meetings of the Derivatives Implementation Group are held at the FASB offices in Norwalk, CT and are open to public observation. The group will meet bimonthly during 1998 and 1999 when companies are planning for transition to the new accounting requirements. The need for meetings of the group in the year 2000 will be assessed at a later date.

If you click on menu choices (Edit, Find) or the binoculars icon in your web browser, you can enter the search term DIG to find various DIG issues in this document.

Statement 133 Implementation Issues Index
As of April 2000 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 
Section A: Definition of a Derivative
*Issue A1—Initial Net Investment
(Cleared 06/23/99)

 

*Issue A2—Existence of a Market Mechanism That Facilitates Net Settlement
(Cleared 02/17/99)
[Previously titled: Market Mechanism That Facilitates Net Settlement]

 

*Issue A3—Impact of Market Liquidity on the Existence of a Market Mechanism
(Cleared 02/17/99)
[Previously titled: Net Settlement Provisions]

 

Issue A4—[See Section C, Issue C5]

 

*Issue A5—Penalties for Nonperformance that Constitute Net Settlement
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue A6—Notional Amount of Commodity Contracts
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue A7—Effect of Contractual Provisions on the Existence of a Market Mechanism That Facilitates Net Settlement
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue A8—Asymmetrical Default Provisions
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

Issue A9—Prepaid Interest Rate Swaps
(Released 10/99)

 

Issue A10—Assets That Are Readily Convertible to Cash
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue A11—Determination of an Underlying when a Commodity Contract Includes a Fixed Element and a Variable Element
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue A12—Definition of a Derivative: Impact of Daily Transaction Volume on Assessment of Whether an Asset is Readily Convertible to Cash
(Released 5/00)
 

Issue A13—Whether Settlement Provisions That Require a Structured Payout Constitute Net Settlement under Paragraph 9(a)
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue A14—Derivative Treatment of Stock Purchase Warrant for Shares Where Sale or Transfer Is Restricted
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue A15—Effect of Offsetting Contracts on the Existence of a Market Mechanism That Facilitates

 

Section B: Embedded Derivatives
*Issue B1—Separating the Embedded Derivative from the Host Contract
(Cleared 06/23/99)

 

*Issue B2—Leveraged Embedded Terms
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue B3—Investor’s Accounting for a Put or Call Option Attached to a Debt Instrument Contemporaneously with or Subsequent to Its Issuance
(Cleared 03/31/99)

 

*Issue B4—Foreign Currency Derivatives
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue B5—Investor Permitted, but Not Forced, to Settle Without Recovering Substantially All of the Initial Net Investment
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue B6—Allocating the Basis of a Hybrid Instrument to the Host Contract and the Embedded Derivative
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue B7—Variable Annuity Products and Policyholder Ownership of the Assets
(Cleared 06/23/99)

 

*Issue B8—Identification of the Host Contract in a Nontraditional Variable Annuity Contract
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

Issue B9—Clearly and Closely Related Criteria for Market Adjusted Value Prepayment Options
(Released 03/99)

 

*Issue B10—Equity-Indexed Life Insurance Contracts
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

Issue B11—Volumetric Production Payments
(Released 07/99)

 

Issue B12—Embedded Derivatives in Certificates Issued by Qualifying Special-Purpose Entities
(Released 10/99)

 

Issue B13—Accounting for Remarketable Put Bonds
(Released 10/99)

 

Issue B14—Purchase Contracts with a Selling Price Subject to a Cap and a Floor
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue B15—Separate Accounting for Multiple Derivative Features Embedded in a Single Hybrid Instrument
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue B16—Calls and Puts in Debt Instruments
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue B17—Term-Extending Options in Contracts Other Than Debt Hosts
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue B18—Applicability of Paragraph 12 to Contracts That Meet the Exceptions in Paragraph 10
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue B19—Identifying the Characteristics of a Debt host Contract
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue B20—Must the Terms of a Separated Non-Option Embedded Derivative Produce a Zero Fair Value at Inception?
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue B21—Embedded Derivatives: When Embedded Foreign Currency Derivatives Warrant Separate Accounting
(Released 5/00)
Issue B22—Whether the Terms of a Separated Option-Based Embedded Derivative Must Produce a Zero Fair Value (Other than Time Value)
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue B23—Terms of a Separated Non-Option Embedded Derivative When the Holder Has Acquired the Hybrid Instrument Subsequent to Inception
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue B24—Interaction of the Requirements of EITF Issue No. 86-28 and Statement 133 Related to Structured Notes Containing Embedded Derivatives
 
Section C: Scope Exceptions
*Issue C1—Exception Related to Physical Variables
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue C2—Application of the Exception to Contracts Classified in Temporary Equity
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue C3—Exception Related to Stock-Based Compensation Arrangements
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue C4—Interest-Only and Principal-Only Strips
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue C5—Exception Related to a Nonfinancial Asset of One of the Parties
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue C6—Derivative Instruments Related to Assets Transferred in Financing Transactions
(Cleared 03/31/99)

 

*Issue C7—Certain Financial Guarantee Contracts
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

Issue C8—Derivatives That Incorporate an Underlying on the Issuer's Equity Price
(Released 10/99)

 

Issue C9—Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock Denominated in Either a Precious Metal or a Foreign Currency
(Released 4/00)
 

Section D: Recognition and Measurement of Derivatives

*Issue D1—Recognition and Measurement of Derivatives: Application of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets
(Cleared 6/28/00)

 

Section E: Hedging – General
*Issue E1—Hedging the Risk-Free Interest Rate
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue E2—Combinations of Options
(Cleared 03/31/99)

 

*Issue E3—Hedging with Intercompany Derivatives
(Cleared 03/31/99)

 

*Issue E4—Application of the Shortcut Method
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue E5—Complex Combinations of Options
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

Issue E6—Provisions That Permit the Debtor or Creditor to Require Prepayment
(Released 10/99)

 

Issue E7—Methodologies to Assess Effectiveness of Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue E8—Assessing hedge Effectiveness of Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges Period-by-Period or Cumulatively
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue E9—Is Changing the method of Assessing Effectiveness through Dedesignation of One Hedging Relationship and the Designation of a New One a Change in Accounting Principle?
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue E10—Application of the Shortcut Method to Hedges of a Portion of an Interest-Bearing Asset or Liability 9or it Related Interest) or a Portfolio of Similar Interest-Bearing Assets or Liabilities
(Released 4/00)
Issue E11—Hedged Exposure Is Limited but Derivative's Exposure Is Not
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue E12—How Paragraph 68(c) Applies to an Interest Rate Swap That Trades at an Interim Date
(Released 8/00)

 

Section F: Fair Value Hedges
*Issue F1—Stratification of Servicing Assets
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue F2—Partial-Term Hedging
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue F3—Firm Commitments—Statutory Remedies for Default Constituting a Disincentive for Nonperformance
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue F4—Interaction of Statement 133 and Statement 114
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue F5—Basing the Expectation of Highly Effective Offset on a Shorter Period Than the Life of the Derivative
(Cleared 11/23/99)
 
Issue F6—Concurrent Offsetting Matching Swaps and Use of One as Hedging Instrument
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue F7—Application of Written-Option Test in Paragraph 20(c) to Collar-Based Hedging Relationships
(Released 8/00)
 
Section G: Cash Flow Hedges
*Issue G1—Hedging an SAR Obligation
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue G2—Hedged Transactions That Arise from Gross Settlement of a Derivative ("All in One" Hedges)
(Cleared 03/31/99)

 

*Issue G3—Discontinuation of a Cash Flow Hedge
(Cleared 03/31/99)

 

*Issue G4—Hedging Voluntary Increases in Interest Credited on an Insurance Contract Liability
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue G5—Hedging the Variable Price Component
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

Issue G6—Impact of Implementation Issue E1 on Cash Flow Hedges of Market Interest Rate Risk
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue G7—Measuring the Ineffectiveness of a Cash Flow Hedge of Interest Rate Risk under Paragraph 30(b) When the Shortcut Method is Not Applied
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue G8—Hedging Interest Rate Risk of Foreign-Currency-Denominated Floating-Rate Debt
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue G9—Assuming No Ineffectiveness When Critical Terms of Hedging Instruments and Hedged Transactions Match in a Cash Flow Hedge
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue G10—Need to Consider Possibility of Default by the Counterparty to the Hedging Derivative
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue G11—Defining the Risk Exposure for Hedging Relationships Involving an Option Contract as the Hedging Instrument
(Released 4/00)
Issue G13—Hedging the Variable Interest Payments on a Group of Floating-Rate Interest-Bearing Financial Assets That Experience Prepayments
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue G14—Assessing the Probability of the Forecasted Acquisition of a Marketable Security Hedged by a Purchased Option or Warrant
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue G15—Combinations of Options Involving One Written Option and Two Purchased Options
(Released 8/00)
 
Section H: Foreign Currency Hedges
*Issue H1—Hedging at the Operating Unit Level
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue H2—Requirement That the Unit with the Exposure Must Be a Party to the Hedge
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue H3—Hedging the Entire Fair Value of a Foreign-Currency-Denominated Asset or Liability
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue H4—Hedging Foreign-Currency-Denominated Interest Payments
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue H5—Hedging a Firm Commitment or Fixed-Price Agreement Denominated in a Foreign Currency
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue H6—Accounting for Premium or Discount on a Forward Contract Used as the Hedging Instrument in a Net Investment Hedge
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue H7—Frequency of Designation of Hedged Net Investment
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

Issue H8—Measuring the Amount of Ineffectiveness in a Net Investment Hedge
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue H9—Hedging a Net Investment with a Compound Derivative That Incorporates Exposure to Multiple Risks
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue H10—Hedging Net Investment with the Combination of a Derivative and a Cash Instrument
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue H11—Designation of a Foreign-Currency-Denominated Debt Instrument as Both a Hedging Instrument in a net Investment hedge and a Hedged Item in a Fair Value Hedge
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue H12—Designation of an Intercompany Payable as a Hedging Instrument in a Fair Value hedge of an Unrecognized Firm Commitment
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue H13—Reclassifying into Earnings Amounts Accumulated in Other Comprehensive Income Related to Cash Flow Hedge of a Forecasted Foreign-Currency-Denominated Intercompany Sale
(Released 4/00)
Section I: Disclosures
Issue I1—Interaction of the Disclosure Requirements of Statement 133 and Statement 47
(Released 11/99)
Section J: Transition Provisions
*Issue J1—Embedded Derivatives Exercised or Expired Prior to Initial Application
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

*Issue J2—Hedging with Intercompany Derivatives
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue J3—Requirements for Hedge Designation and Documentation on the First Day of Initial Application
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue J4—Transition Adjustment for Option Contracts Used in a Cash-Flow-Type Hedge
(Cleared 07/28/99)

 

*Issue J5—Floating-Rate Currency Swaps
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue J6—Fixed-Rate Currency Swaps
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

*Issue J7—Transfer of Financial Assets Accounted for Like Available-for-Sale Securities into Trading
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

Issue J8—Adjusting the Hedged Item's Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue J9—Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption
(Released 11/99)

 

Issue J10—Transaction Adjustment for a Fixed Price Purchase or Sale Contract That Meets the Definition of a Derivative upon Initial Application
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue J11—Transition Adjustment for Net Investment Hedges
(Released 4/00)

 

Issue J12—Transition Provisions: Intercompany Derivatives and the Shortcut Method
(Released 5/00)
 
Issue J13—Indexed Debt Hedging Equity Investment
(Released 8/00)

 

Issue J14—Using Either the Fair Value or Cash Flow Model to Hedge a Structured Note
(Released 8/00)
 
Section K: Miscellaneous
*Issue K1—Determining Whether Separate Transactions Should Be Viewed As a Unit
(Cleared 02/17/99)

 

Issue K2—Are Transferable Options Freestanding or Embedded?
(Released 10/99)

 

Issue K3—Determination of Whether Combinations of Options with the Same Terms Must Be Viewed as Separate Option Contracts or as a Single Forward Contract
(Released 10/99)
 
Issue K4—Income Statement Classification of Hedge Ineffectiveness and the Component of a Derivative’s Gain or Loss Excluded from the Assessment of Hedge Effectiveness
(Released 8/00)
 

Index—Statement 133 Implementation Issues
Download all issues as of May 2000

Index—Tentative Implementation Guidance on Statement 133
Download tentative guidance as of May 2000

Index—FASB Staff Implementation Guide on Statement 133
Download guidance that has been formally cleared by the Board as of December 1999

The international equivalent of the DIG arose when the International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC)  issued  proposed Questions and Answers about IAS 39 on accounting derivative financial instruments recognition, measurement, and hedging activities --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/0005qa39.pdf 

Disclosure =

the disclosures of key information in footnotes, special schedules, or other parts of financial reports. FAS 133 deals with disclosure at various points, especially in Paragraphs 502-513 on Pages 216-221.  An entity that holds or issues derivative instruments (or nonderivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments pursuant to /FAS 133 Paragraphs 37 and 42) shall disclose its objectives for holding or issuing those instruments, the context needed to understand those objectives, and its strategies for achieving those objectives.  The description shall distinguish between derivative instruments (and nonderivative instruments) designated as fair value hedging instruments, derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedging instruments, derivative (and nonderivative) instruments designated as hedging instruments for hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, and all other derivatives
(FAS 133 Paragraph 44)

Under IASC international disclosure rulings, financial statements should include all of the disclosures required by IAS 32, except that the requirements in IAS 32 for supplementary disclosure of fair values (IAS 39 Paragraphs 77 and 88) are not applicable to those financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value (Paragraph 166).  The following should be included in the disclosures of the enterprise's accounting policies as part of the disclosure required by IAS 32 Paragraph 47b:

(1) the methods and significant assumptions applied in estimating fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value, separately for significant classes of financial assets (see IAS 39 Paragraph 46)

2) whether gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of those available-for-sale financial assets that are measured at fair value subsequent to initial recognition are included in net profit or loss for the period or are recognized directly in equity until the financial asset is disposed of; and

3) for each of the four categories of financial assets defined in paragraph 10, whether 'regular way' purchases of financial assets are accounted for at trade date or settlement date (see paragraph 30)
(IAS Paragraph 167)

In applying the above paragraph, an enterprise will disclose prepayment rates, rtes of estimated credit losses, and interest or discount rates
(paragraph 168)

The SEC has more controversial disclosure requirements for derivatives, especially requirements for quantification of risk. The required disclosures about accounting policies are specified in new Rule 4-08(n) of Regulation S-X and Item 310 of Regulation S-B. The required disclosures about market risk exposures are specified in new Item 305 of Regulation S-K and Item 9A of Form 20-F.   See http://www.sec.gov/rules/othern/derivfaq.htm

Some SEC rules, which amend Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K, require the following new market risk disclosures (unless a business is deemed a small business not subject to market risk disclosure rules and/or unless the market risks apply to trade accounts recievable or trade accounts payable):

  • detailed disclosures of registrants' accounting policies for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments;

  • quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements about market risk information of derivatives and other financial instruments. The required information includes the fair values of the instruments and contract terms needed to determine expected cash flows for each of the next five years and aggregate cash flows thereafter. This information should be categorized by expected maturity dates. The information should be grouped based on whether the instruments are held for trading or for other purposes and summarized by market risk category, subdivided by specific characteristics within a risk category, such as US dollar/German mark and US dollar/Japanese yen foreign currency exchange risk. The subdivision based on characteristics should be made to the extent it better reflects the market risk for a group of instruments.

  • forward-looking information, which includes these quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements.;

  • disclosures about the effects of derivatives on other positions.

The Rules allow registrants to select one of the following methods to make their quantitative disclosures for market risk sensitive instruments:

  • a tabular format --- a presentation of the terms, fair value, expected principal or transaction cash flows, and other information, with instruments grouped within risk exposure categories based on common characteristics;

  • a sensitivity analysis --- the hypothetical loss in earnings, fair values, or cash; (the minumum percentage change seems to be 10% in Item 3.A of the Instructions to Paragraphs 305a and 305b.)

  • flows resulting from hypothetical changes in rates or prices;

  • value-at-risk --- a measure of the potential loss in earnings, fair values, or cash;

  • flows from changes in rates or prices.

A registrant that holds nonderivative financial instruments that have material amounts of market risk, such as investments, loans, and deposits, is required to make the qualitative and quantitative disclosures of market risk, even though the registrant may hold no derivatives.

The new Rules are effective for filings that include financial statements for fiscal periods ending after June 15, 1997. However, for registrants that are not banks or thrifts and that have a market capitalization of $2.5 billion or less on January 28, 1997, the effective date for the quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements about market risk is delayed one year.

Registrants are required to provide summarized quantitative market risk information for the preceding fiscal year. They should explain the reasons for material quantitative changes in market risk exposures between the current and preceding fiscal years in sufficient detail to enable investors to determine trends in market risk information.

For a reference on SEC disclosure rules, see T.J. Linsmeier and N.D. Pearson, "Quantitative Disclosures of Market Risk in the SEC Release," Accounting Horizons, March 1997, 107-135. 

Click here to view a nice commentary on the SEC financial risk disclosure choices.

One of my student's projects is summarized below: 

Joseph F. Zullo For his relational database project in Microsoft Access that disaggregates and then aggregates various types of risk on interest rate swaps, click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jzullo/title.htm
The heart of this project is a relational database. The term project topic was "suggested aids for using emerging technologies in measuring and evaluating investment risk." To that end, I created a relational database that is able to track the use of derivative instruments and assign risk to individual contracts.   The creation of the database is an attempt at dissaggregated reporting. Theoretically, an investor could access the database through the Internet and compute custom reports and evaluate individual measures of risk associated with each derivative. The benefit of dissaggregated reporting lies in the investor’s ability to perform the aggregation of relevant data. In today’s environment, investors have to rely on annual financial statements of a company to acquire relevant information. The financial statements of a company do not always provide a complete picture of the financial condition of the company. Notably, off-balance sheet items such as derivative financial instruments do not appear in the body of the financial statements. The FASB and the SEC have made strides to overcome this reporting deficiency with pronouncements that require more informational disclosures in the financial statements.

Roger Debreceny wrote the following message on July 31, 1998:

Further to previous discussion on derivatives:

KPMG Derivatives and Hedging Handbook Offers Guidance on New Accounting Standards for Derivatives NEW YORK, July 27 /PRNewswire/ -- A comprehensive Derivatives and Hedging Handbook was published today by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, the accounting, tax and consulting firm, in response to the new accounting standard for derivative instruments and hedging activities issued on June 15, 1998 by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).

The FASB issued the new standard (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities) to replace the rules that had been in effect since 1984.

"The estimated worldwide amount of derivative instruments is well above $60 trillion," said Michael A. Conway, partner-in-charge, KPMG Department of Professional Practice." We developed this handbook because the new standard is so complex and the potential impact on commercial companies and financial institutions is enormous.

"Implementing this standard may require changes in hedging strategies and accounting systems, with possible significant effects on financial statements," said Conway. "Therefore, we believe it’s important for organizations to immediately begin evaluating the impact of the standard on their operations and financial reporting. This handbook is designed to make that assessment easier."

The primary author of the handbook, Stephen Swad, KPMG partner, Department of Professional Practice, said that companies must consider several key issues, including recognizing all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value; designating all hedging relationships anew; measuring transition adjustments that will affect earnings; and modifying accounting, risk management objectives and strategies, and information systems to comply with the requirements of the standard. The 425-page publication, the second in KPMG’s handbook series, provides over 100 examples illustrating some of the complex areas of the standard, and answers possible questions that might arise during implementation.

KPMG’s Web site is: http://www.us.kpmg.com.

Discount = see premium.

Disincentives for nonperformance = see firm commitment.

Dollar Offset Method =

a computation of the cumulative derivative hedging gain or loss on the basis of multiple period historical changes in fair value of the hedging instrument vis-a-vis changes in the fair value of the underlying.   The dollar offset period change ratio is the ratio of the dollar gain or loss of the hedging instrument divided by the dollar gain or loss of the hedged item.  The cumulative dollar change ratio is the sum of the gains and losses of the hedging instrument divided by the sum of the gains and losses of the hedged item.  See net settlement.

Dynamic Portfolio Management =

a technique of assessing the risk and managing a portfolio or group of assets and liabilities. Dynamic management is characterized by continuous assessment and periodic adjustment of the portfolio components.  See the discussion of macro hedges under hedge.  Also see compound derivatives.  Also see value at risk (VAR)Also see my summary of key paragraphs in FAS 133 on portfolio/macro hedging.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

E-Terms

Effectiveness =  see ineffectiveness.

Embedded Derivatives =

are portions of contracts that meet the definition of a derivative when the entire nonderivative contract cannot be considered a financial instruments derivative. Types of embedded derivative  instruments are often indexed debt and investment contracts such as commodity indexed interest or principal payments, convertible debt, credit indexed contracts, equity indexed contracts, and inflation indexed contracts.  Embedded derivatives are discussed in FAS 133, pp. 7-9, Paragraphs 12-16.  Embedded derivatives such as commodity indexed and equity indexed contracts and convertible debt require separation of the derivative from the host contract in FAS 133 accounting.  In contrast, credit indexed and inflation indexed embedded derivatives are not separable from the host contract.   Also see FAS 133 Paragraphs 51, 60, 61, 176-178, and 293-311. The overall contract is sometimes referred to as a "hybrid" that contains one or more embedded derivatives.  Embedded derivatives within embedded derivatives generally meet the closely-and-clearly related test and cannot be accounted for as separate derivatives.  The concept of "closely related is also discussed in IAS 39  Paragraph 23a.  Rules for accounting for the host contract after an embedded derivative has be bifurcated are discussed in FAS 133 Paragraph 16.  If an embedded derivative should bifurcated but the firm cannot do so for some reason, FAS 133 Paragraph 16 requires that the entire contract be treated as a trading security that is adjusted to fair value at least quarterly with changes and fair value being charged to current earnings rather than OCI.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 16 and IAS 39 Paragraph 26.

Paragraph 10 notes that interest only strips and principal only strips are not subject to FAS 133 accounting rules under conditions noted in Paragraph 14. In Paragraph 15, it is noted that embedded foreign currency derivatives "shall not be separated from the host contract and considered a derivative instrument."   Prepayment options on mortgage loans also do not qualify for accounting under FAS 133 according to Paragraph 293 on Page 146.  See compound derivative and embedded option.

An example is a leveraged gold note that has the amount of note's principal vary with the price of gold. This type of note can be viewed as containing a series of embedded commodity (gold) option contracts.  These options can separated out and accounted for as derivatives apart from the host contract under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133 under the assumption that the price of gold is not "clearly-and-closely related" to interest rates. 

An equity-linked bear note is another example of a note with a series of embedded options that can be accounted for as separate derivative instruments under Paragraph 12 of FAS 133.  For example, suppose such a note has 5% coupon bonds that increase interest rates at certain levels of movement up or down of an index such the S&P stock price index.  The embedded condition that interest rates may move up based upon an index can qualify as an embedded derivative that can be separated according to Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133 provided the derivative is not clearly-and-closely related.   The S&P index is an equity index that is not clearly-and-closely related, whereas an interest rate index such a LIBOR is a clearly-and-closely related index.  The host contract (hedged item)  must be an asset or liability that is not itself a derivative instrument.   In this example, the bonds are not derivatives, and the embedded derivatives can be separated from the host contract under FAS 133 rules.  See equity-indexed.

Derivatives cannot be embedded in other derivatives according to Paragraph 12c on the top of Page 8 of FAS 133.. For example, an index-amortizing interest rate swap cannot usually be accounted for as a derivative instrument (pursuant to FAS 133 under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133) when it is a derivative embedded in another derivative.  Suppose a company swaps a variable rate for a fixed rate on a notional of $10 million.  If an embedded derivative in the contract changes the notional to $8 million if LIBOR falls below 6% and $12 million if LIBOR rises above 8%, this index-amortizing embedded derivative cannot be separated under Paragraph 12 rules.  KPMG states that Paragraph 12 applies only "when a derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument and illustrates this with an index-amortizing Example 29 beginning on Page 75 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.  The prior Example 28 and the subsequent Example 30 illustrate index-amortizing embedded derivatives that qualifies since, in each example, the derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument.

One of the major sources of difference between FAS 133 and IAS 39 concerns embedded derivatives.  These are less important in IAS 39 accounting that adjusts all financial instruments to fair value whether or not derivatives are embedded.  International:  IAS 39 differs in that it requires fair value adjustments of "all" financial instruments rather than just derivatives --- see IAS Paragraphs 1, 5, and 6.  There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  Paragraphs 23b and 23c;  Also see FAS 133  Paragraphs 12b and 12c.

In summary, bifurcation under FAS 133 is required in the following examples:

  • Call/Put Debt Option --- If options alter maturity dates, they are clearly and closely related to a debt instrument that requires principal repayments unless both (1) the debt involves a substantial premium or discount and (2) the put/call option is only contingently exercisable.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 61d.  An example is given in FAS 133 Paragraph 186.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24g.

  • Put/Call Equity Option on Host Equity Instrument --- A put option should be separated from the host contract by the issuer of the equity instrument except in those cases in which the put option is not considered to be a derivative instrument pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 11(a), because it is classified in stockholders' equity.  A call option embedded in the related equity instrument would not be separated from the host contract by the issuer, but would be otherwise for the holder of the related equity instrument.
    See FAS 133 Paragraphs 11a and 61b;  IAS 39 Paragraphs 11a, 24a, and 25b

  • Equity-indexed interest payments --- See FAS 133 Paragraph 61h and an example given in SFAS Paragraph 185.  Also see IAS Paragraph 24d.

  • Option to Extend Debt Maturity --- Variable annuity instruments are generally not subject to FAS 133 accounting rules except for specific components such as equity-index-based interest annuity and accumulation period payments discussed in Paragraph 200.  Also see IAS Paragraph 24c.

  • Credit-linked Debt --- These are not  to be separated from the host contract for debt instruments that have the interest rate reset in the event of (1) default, (2) a change in the debtor's published credit rating, or (3) a change in the debtor's creditworthiness indicated by a change in its spread over Treasury bond.   See Paragraph 61c of FAS 133.  An example is given in SFAS Paragraph 190.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24h.

  • Equity Conversion Feature --- If an option is indexed to the issuer's own stock, a separate instrument with the same terms would be classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position, so that the written option is not considered a derivative instrument.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 11a.  If a debt instrument is convertible into a shares of the debtor's common equity stock or another company's common stock, the conversion option must be separated from the debt host contract.  That accounting applies only to the holder if the debt is convertible to the debtor's common stock.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 61k.  An example is provided in Paragraph 199 of FAS 133.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24f.

  • Commodity-linked Notes --- A commodity-related derivative embedded in a commodity-indexed debt instrument must be separated from the host contract under FAS 133 Paragraph 61i.  Examples are given in FAS 133  Paragraphs 187 and 188.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24e.

Bifurcation under FAS 133 is not allowed in the following examples:

  • Loan Prepayment Options --- these are not bifurcated.  See Paragraphs 14, 189, and 198 of FAS 133 and Paragraph 25e of IAS 39.  This also included prepayment options embedded in interest-only strips or principal-only strips that (1) initially resulted from separating the right to receive contractual cash flows of a financial instrument that, in and of itself, did not contain an embedded derivative and that (2) does not contain any terms not present in the original host debt contract (IAS Paragraph 25f).

  • Contingent rentals --- these are not bifurcated.  Examples include Contingent rentals based upon variable interest rates (FAS 133 Paragraph 68j), related sales, inflation bonds (FAS 133 Paragraph 191).  There also is no bifurcation of a lease payment in foreign currency (FAS 133 Paragraph 196), although the derivative should be separated if the lease payments are specified in a currency unrelated to each party's functional currency.  Also see (FAS 133 Paragraph 197).  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25g.

  • Embedded Cap/Floor --- See FAS 133 Paragraph 183 for reasons why embedded caps and floors are not bifurcated.  See IAS Paragraph 25b.  

  • Indexed amortizing note --- See Paragraph 194 in FAS 133.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25h.

  • Inverse Floater --- See Paragraphs 178 and 179 of FAS 133.  Bifurcation depends upon certain circumstances.   Inverse floaters are separated if the embedded derivative could potentially result in the investor's not recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment.  In addition, Levered inverse floaters must be separated if there is a possibility of the embedded derivative increasing the investor's rate of return on the host contract to an amount that is at least double the initial rate of return on the host contract.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25a.

  • Some Foreign Currency Embedded Derivatives --- Dual Currency Bond (FAS 133 Paragraph 194) and Short-Term Loan with a Foreign Currency Option (FAS 133 Paragraph 195) if both the principal payment and the interest payments on the loan had been payable only in a fixed amount of a specified foreign currency, in which case remeasurement will be done according to SFAS 52 (refer to paragraph 194).   However, foreign currency options not clearly and closely related to issuing a loan should be separated (refer to FAS 133 Paragraph 195.)  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25c.

Examples of Embedded Derivatives
Lease contract host --- See Paragraph 196 in FAS 133
  • Payments indexed to a foreign currency (not a currency of either party to the lease)
  • Payments indexed to stock indexes/prices
  • Payments indexed to other non-interest/credit related provisions
Insurance contract host
  • Payments based on equity indexes/prices
  • Payments based on industry-wide indices rather than losses for which counterparty has an interest
  • "Dual trigger" are a source of continued confusion
Interest Only I/O strips --- see Paragraph 14 and 310  in FAS 133 (Also see DIG Issue B12 below)

Even though we may not recover substantially all of our initial net investment under terms of contract, they may be excluded from the standard if:

  • The I/O initially resulted from separating the rights to receive contractual cash flows from a financial instrument that did not contain an embedded derivative
  • The I/O incorporates terms that were not present in the original financial instrument from which the I/O was created
Special rules for variable annuities --- See Paragraph 200 in FAS 133
Mandatorily deliverable debt indexed to equity: --- See Paragraph 193 in FAS 133
   
Can require delivery of shares, net cash settlement, or provide for a settlement option
    Ultimate repayment of debt instrument is indexed to market price of the stock
    Can be structured in a variety of ways.  For embedded derivative to qualify as a hedge
       it must be a:
  • Forward contract, or
  • Purchased option, or
  • Net purchased option
Not Required to be Separated from Host Contract
  • Floating rate notes --- See Paragraph 180 in FAS 133
  • Range floating rate notes --- See Paragraph 181 in FAS 133
  • Ratchet floating rate notes Range floater --- See Paragraph 182 in FAS 133
  • Floating to fixed rate notes or vice versa Range floater --- See Paragraph 183 in FAS 133
  • Index amortizing notes --- See Paragraph 184 in FAS 133
  • Credit sensitive bonds --- See Paragraph 190 in FAS 133
  • Inflation-indexed bonds --- See Paragraph 191 in FAS 133
  • Callable or putable bonds --- See Paragraph 294 in FAS 133
  • Disaster bonds linked to assets of the holder --- See Paragraph 192 in FAS 133
  • Participating mortgages --- See Paragraph 198 in FAS 133

Required to be Separated from Host Contract

  • Inverse floating rate debt (if no floor) ---  See Paragraph 178 in FAS 133
  • Leveraged inverse floating rate notes ---  See Paragraph 179 in FAS 133
  • Other equity indexed notes --- See Paragraph 193 in FAS 133
  • Commodity indexed notes See Paragraph 61i in FAS 133
  • Disaster bonds not linked to specific insurable losses --- See Paragraph 192 in FAS 133
  • U.S. dollar notes with embedded currency options
  • Certain convertible debt
  • Extendable bonds at non-market rates

 

 

DIG Issue B1 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb1.html 
QUESTION

An entity (Company A) issues a 5-year "debt" instrument with a principal amount of $1,000,000 indexed to the stock of an unrelated publicly traded entity (Company B). At maturity, the holder of the instrument will receive the principal amount plus any appreciation or minus any depreciation in the fair value of 10,000 shares of Company B, with changes in fair value measured from the issuance date of the debt instrument. No separate interest payments are made. The market price of Company B shares to which the debt instrument is indexed is $100 per share at the issuance date. The instrument is not itself a derivative because it requires an initial net investment equal to the notional amount; however, what is the host contract and what is the embedded derivative comprising the hybrid instrument?

RESPONSE

The host contract is a debt instrument because the instrument has a stated maturity and because the holder has none of the rights of a shareholder, such as the ability to vote the shares and receive distributions to shareholders. The embedded derivative is an equity-based derivative that has as its underlying the fair value of the stock of Company B. Paragraph 60 states:

...most commonly a financial instrument host contract will not embody a claim to the residual interest in an entity and, thus, the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract should be considered that of a debt instrument. For example, even though the overall hybrid instrument that provides for repayment of principal may include a return based on the market price...of XYZ Corporation common stock, the host contract does not involve any existing or potential residual interest rights (that is, rights of ownership) and thus would not be an equity instrument. The host contract would instead be considered a debt instrument, and the embedded derivative that incorporates the equity-based return would not be clearly and closely related to the host contract. Unless the hybrid instrument is remeasured at fair value with changes in value recorded in earnings as they occur, the embedded derivative must be separated from the host contract. As a result of the host instrument being a debt instrument and the embedded derivative having an equity-based return, the embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host contract and must be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative by both the issuer and the holder of the hybrid instrument.

DIG Issue B2 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb2.html 
QUESTION

An investor purchases for $10,000,000 a structured note with a face amount of $10,000,000, a coupon of 8.9 percent, and a term of 10 years. The current market rate for 10-year debt is 7 percent given the single-A credit quality of the issuer. The terms of the structured note require that if the interest rate for single-A rated debt has increased to at least 10 percent at the end of 2 years, the coupon on the note is reduced to zero, and the investor must purchase from the issuer for $10,000,000 an additional note with a face amount of $10,000,000, a zero coupon, and a term of 3.5 years. How does the criterion in paragraph 13(a) apply to that structured note? Does the structured note contain an embedded derivative that must be accounted for separately?

RESPONSE

The structured note contains an embedded derivative that must be accounted for separately. The requirement that, if interest rates increase and the derivative is triggered, the investor must purchase the second $10,000,000 note for an amount in excess of its fair value (which is about $7,100,000 based on a 10 percent interest rate) generates a result that is economically equivalent to requiring the investor to make a cash payment to the issuer for the amount of the excess. As a result, the cash flows on the original structured note and the excess purchase price on the second note must be considered in concert. The cash inflows ($10,000,000 principal and $1,780,000 interest) that will be received by the investor on the original note must be reduced by the amount ($2,900,000) by which the purchase price of the second note is in excess of its fair value, resulting in a net cash inflow ($8,880,000) that is not substantially all of the investor’s initial net investment on the original note.

As described in paragraph 13(a) of Statement 133, an embedded derivative in which the underlying is an interest rate or interest rate index and a host contract that is a debt instrument are considered to be clearly and closely related unless the hybrid instrument can contractually be settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. Paragraph 61(a)(1) clarifies that this test would be conducted by comparing the investor’s undiscounted net cash inflows over the life of the instrument to the initial recorded investment in the hybrid instrument. As demonstrated by the scenario above, if a derivative requires an asset to be purchased for an amount that exceeds its fair value, the amount of the excess — and not the cash flows related to the purchased asset — must be considered when analyzing whether the hybrid instrument can contractually be settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment under paragraph 13(a). Whether that purchased asset is a financial asset or a nonfinancial asset (such as gold) is not relevant to the treatment of the excess purchase price.

It is noted that requiring the investor to make a cash payment to the issuer is also economically equivalent to reducing the principal on the note. The note described in the question above could have been structured to include terms requiring that the principal of the note be substantially reduced and the coupon reduced to zero if the interest rate for single-A rated debt increased to at least 10 percent at the end of 2 years. That alternative structure would clearly have required that the embedded derivative be accounted for separately, because that embedded derivative’s existence would have resulted in the possibility that the hybrid instrument could contractually be settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment.

DIG Issue B3 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb3.html 
QUESTION

Should an investor (creditor) account separately for a put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a third party contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of the debt instrument?

BACKGROUND

The last two sentences of paragraph 61(d) states, "In certain unusual situations, a put or call option may have been subsequently added to a debt instrument in a manner that causes the investor (creditor) to be exposed to performance risk (default risk) by different parties for the embedded option and the host debt instrument, respectively. In those unusual situations, the embedded option and the host debt instrument are not clearly and closely related." The references to the "embedded" option in the previous sentences refer to the added option.

Example 1 presents a transaction that involves the addition of a call option contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of debt. Example 2 presents a group of transactions with a similar overall effect.

Example 1 Company X issues 15-year puttable bonds to an Investment Banker for $102. The put option may be exercised at the end of five years. Contemporaneously, the Investment Banker sells the bonds with an attached call option to Investor A for $100. (The call option is a written option from the perspective of Investor A and a purchased option from the perspective of the Investment Banker.) The Investment Banker also sells to Investor B for $3 the call option purchased from Investor A on those bonds. The call option has an exercise date that is the same as the exercise date on the embedded put option. At the end of five years, if interest rates increase, Investor A would presumably put the bonds back to Company X, the issuer. If interest rates decrease, Investor B would presumably call the bonds from Investor A.

Example 2 Company Y issues 15-year puttable bonds to Investor A for $102. The put option may be exercised at the end of five years. Contemporaneously, Company Y purchases a transferable call option on the bonds from Investor A for $2. Company Y immediately sells that call option to Investor B for $3. The call option has an exercise date that is the same as the exercise date of the embedded put option. At the end of five years, if rates increase, Investor A would presumably put the bonds back to Company Y, the issuer. If rates decrease, Investor B would presumably call the bonds from Investor A.

RESPONSE

Yes. A put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a third party contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of the debt instrument should be separately accounted for as a derivative under Statement 133 by the investor (that is, by the creditor); it must be reported at fair value with changes in value recognized currently in earnings unless designated in a qualifying hedging relationship as a hedging instrument. As a result, in Example 1 above, the call option that is attached by the Investment Banker is a separate derivative from the perspective of Investor A. Similarly, the call option described in Example 2 is a separate freestanding derivative that also must be reported at fair value with changes in value recognized currently in earnings unless designated as a hedging instrument.

The discussion in the last two sentences of paragraph 61(d) that refers to a put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a third party subsequent to its issuance incorrectly uses the phrase embedded option in referring to that option. An option that is added or attached to an existing debt instrument by another party results in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the debt instrument and, thus, the option should not be considered an embedded derivative. The notion of an embedded derivative in a hybrid instrument refers to provisions incorporated into a single contract, and not to provisions in separate contracts between different counterparties. Consequently, such added or attached options should not have been discussed in paragraph 61, which discusses only embedded derivatives. (When the Board next considers a "technical corrections" amendment of the accounting literature, the staff plans to recommend deletion of the last two sentences of paragraph 61(d).)

DIG Issue B4 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb4.html 

QUESTION

Two entities enter into a long-term service contract whereby one entity (A) agrees to provide a service to the other entity (B), at market rates over a three-year period. Entity B forecasts it will pay 1,000 kroner to Entity A at the end of the three-year period for all services rendered under the contract. Entity A's functional currency is the kroner and Entity B's is the U.S. dollar. In addition to providing the terms under which the service will be provided, the contract includes a foreign currency exchange provision. The provision requires that over the term of the contract, Entity B will pay or receive an amount equal to the fluctuation in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and the kroner applied to a notional amount of 100,000 kroner (that is, if the U.S. dollar appreciates versus the kroner, Entity B will pay the appreciation, and if the U.S. dollar depreciates versus the kroner, Entity B will receive the depreciation). The host contract is not a derivative and will not be recorded in the financial statements at market value. For the purpose of applying paragraph 15, is the embedded foreign currency derivative considered to be clearly and closely related to the terms of the service contract?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 12 of Statement 133 requires that an embedded derivative instrument be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative instrument pursuant to the Statement if certain criteria are met. Paragraph 15 provides that an embedded foreign currency derivative instrument is not to be separated from the host contract and considered a derivative pursuant to paragraph 12 if the host contract is not a financial instrument and specifies payments denominated in either of the following currencies:

The currency of the primary economic environment in which any substantial party to the contract operates (that is, its functional currency)

The currency in which the price of the related good or service is routinely denominated in international commerce.

Paragraph 15 provides the exclusion to paragraph 12 on the basis that if a host contract is not a financial instrument and it is denominated in one of the two aforementioned currencies, then the embedded foreign currency derivative is considered to be clearly and closely related to the terms of the service contract.

RESPONSE

No, the embedded foreign currency derivative instrument should be separated from the host and considered a derivative instrument under paragraph 12.

In paragraph 311, "[t]he Board decided that it was important that the payments be denominated in the functional currency of at least one substantial party to the transaction to ensure that the foreign currency is integral to the arrangement and thus considered to be clearly and closely related to the terms of the lease." It follows that the exception provided by paragraph 15 implicitly requires that the other aspects of the embedded foreign currency derivative must be clearly and closely related to the host.

In the example discussed above, because the contract is leveraged by requiring the computation of the payment based on a 100,000 kroner notional amount, the contract is a hybrid instrument that contains an embedded derivative — a foreign currency swap with a notional amount of 99,000 kroner. That embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host contract and under paragraph 12 of Statement 133 must be recorded separately from the 1,000 kroner contract. Either party to the contract can designate the bifurcated foreign currency derivative instrument as a hedging instrument pursuant to Statement 133 if applicable qualifying criteria are met.

DIG Issue B5 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb5.html 
QUESTION

If the terms of a hybrid instrument permit, but do not require, the investor to settle the hybrid instrument in a manner that causes it not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment, does the contract satisfy the condition in paragraph 13(a), thereby causing the embedded derivative to be considered not clearly and closely related to the host contract?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 13 of Statement 133 states:

For purposes of applying the provisions of paragraph 12, an embedded derivative instrument in which the underlying is an interest rate or interest rate index that alters net interest payments that otherwise would be paid or received on an interest-bearing host contract is considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract unless either of the following conditions exist:

The hybrid instrument can contractually be settled in such a way that the investor (holder) would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment.

The embedded derivative could at least double the investor's initial rate of return on the host contract and could also result in a rate of return that is at least twice what otherwise would be the [current] market return for a contract that has the same terms as the host contract and that involves a debtor with a similar credit quality. [Footnote omitted.]

Even though the above conditions focus on the investor's rate of return and the investor's recovery of its investment, the existence of either of those conditions would result in the embedded derivative instrument being considered not clearly and closely related to the host contract by both parties to the hybrid instrument.

Paragraph 61(a) elaborates on the condition in paragraph 13(a) as follows:

...the embedded derivative contains a provision that (1) permits any possibility whatsoever that the investor's (or creditor's) undiscounted net cash inflows over the life of the instrument would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment in the hybrid instrument under its contractual terms.... RESPONSE

No. The condition in paragraph 13(a) does not apply to a situation in which the terms of a hybrid instrument permit, but do not require, the investor to settle the hybrid instrument in a manner that causes it not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment, assuming that the issuer does not have the contractual right to demand a settlement that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. Thus, if the investor in a 10-year note has the contingent option at the end of year 2 to put it back to the issuer at its then fair value (based on its original 10-year term), the condition in paragraph 13(a) would not be met even though the note's fair value could have declined so much that, by exercising the option, the investor ends up not recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment.

The condition in paragraph 13(a) was intended to apply only to those situations in which the investor (creditor) could be forced by the terms of a hybrid instrument to accept settlement at an amount that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. For example, assume the investor purchased from a single-A-rated issuer for $10 million a structured note with a $10 million principal, a 9.5 percent interest coupon, and a term of 10 years at a time when the current market rate for 10-year single-A-rated debt is 7 percent. Assume further that the terms of the note require that, at the beginning of the third year of its term, the principal on the note is reduced to $7.1 million and the coupon interest rate is reduced to zero for the remaining term to maturity if interest rates for single-A-rated debt have increased to at least 8 percent by that date. That structured note would meet the condition in paragraph 13(a) for both the issuer and the investor because the investor could be forced to accept settlement that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. That is, if increases in the interest rate for single-A-rated debt triggers the modification of terms, the investor would receive only $9 million, comprising $1.9 million in interest payments for the first 2 years and $7.1 in principal repayment, thus not recovering substantially all of its $10 million initial net investment.

DIG Issue B6 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb6.html 
QUESTION

Three methods have been identified for determining the initial carrying values of the host contract component and the embedded derivative component of a hybrid instrument:

Estimating the fair value of each individual component of the hybrid instrument and allocating the basis of the hybrid instrument to the host instrument and the embedded derivative based on the proportion of the fair value of each individual component to the overall fair value of the hybrid (a "relative fair value" method).

Recording the embedded derivative at fair value and determining the initial carrying value assigned to the host contract as the difference between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the embedded derivative (a "with and without" method based on the fair value of the embedded derivative).

Recording the host contract at fair value and determining the carrying value assigned to the embedded derivative as the difference between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the host contract (a "with and without" method based on the fair value of the host contract).

Because the "relative fair value" method (#1 above) involves an independent estimation of the fair value of each component, the sum of the fair values of those components may be greater or less than the initial basis of the hybrid instrument, resulting in an initial carrying amount for the embedded derivative that differs from its fair value. Similarly, the "with and without" method based on the fair value of the host contract (#3 above) may result in an initial carrying amount for the embedded derivative that differs from its fair value. Therefore, both of those methods may result in recognition of an immediate gain or loss upon reporting the embedded derivative at fair value.

RESPONSE

The allocation method that records the embedded derivative at fair value and determines the initial carrying value assigned to the host contract as the difference between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the embedded derivative (#2 above) should be used to determine the carrying values of the host contract component and the embedded derivative component of a hybrid instrument when separate accounting for the embedded derivative is required by Statement 133.

Statement 133 requires that an embedded derivative that must be separated from its host contract be measured at fair value. As stated in paragraph 301 of the basis for conclusions, "…the Board believes that it should be unusual that an entity would conclude that it cannot reliably separate an embedded derivative from its host contract." Once the carrying value of the host contract is established, it would be accounted for under generally accepted accounting principles applicable to instruments of that type that do not contain embedded derivatives. Upon separation from the host contract, the embedded derivative may be designated as a hedging instrument, if desired, provided it meets the hedge accounting criteria.

If the host contract component of the hybrid instrument is reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings or other comprehensive income, then the sum of the fair values of the host contract component and the embedded derivative should not exceed the overall fair value of the hybrid instrument. That is consistent with the requirement of footnote 13 to paragraph 49, which states, in part:

"For a compound derivative that has a foreign currency exchange risk component (such as a foreign currency interest rate swap), an entity is permitted at the date of initial application to separate the compound derivative into two parts: the foreign currency derivative and the remaining derivative. Each of them would thereafter be accounted for at fair value, with an overall limit that the sum of their fair values could not exceed the fair value of the compound derivative." (emphasis added.) While footnote 13 to paragraph 49 addresses separation of a compound derivative upon initial application of Statement 133, the notion that the sum of the fair values of the components should not exceed the overall fair value of the combined instrument is also applicable to hybrid instruments containing a nonderivative host contract and an embedded derivative. However, in instances where the hybrid instrument is reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings, paragraph 12(b) would not be met and therefore separation of the embedded derivative from the host contract would not be permitted.

DIG Issue B7 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb7.html 
Embedded Derivatives: Variable Annuity Products and Policyholder Ownership of the Assets

DIG Issue B8 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb8.html 
QUESTION

How does one determine the host contract in a nontraditional variable annuity contract (a hybrid instrument)?

BACKGROUND

While traditional variable annuity contracts represent the majority of contracts sold today by life insurance and other enterprises, those enterprises have also developed a wide range of variable annuity contracts with nontraditional features. Nontraditional features of traditional variable annuity contracts result in a sharing of investment risk between the issuer and the holder. Nontraditional variable annuity contracts provide for some sort of minimum guarantee of the account value at a specified date. This minimum guarantee may be guaranteed through a minimum accumulation benefit or a guaranteed account value floor. For example, the floor guarantee might be that, at a specified anniversary date, the contract holder will be credited with the greater of (1) the account value, as determined by the separate account assets, or (2) all deposits that are made, plus three percent interest compounded annually.

While these nontraditional variable annuity contracts have distinguishing features, they possess a common characteristic: the investment risk associated with the assets backing the contract is shared by the issuer and the policyholder. That is, in contrast to traditional variable annuity contracts, the investment risk is, by virtue of the nontraditional product features, allocated between the two parties and not borne entirely by only one of the parties (the holder in the case of a traditional variable annuity contract).

Paragraphs 12 and 16 of Statement 133 require that, in certain circumstances, an embedded derivative is to be accounted for separately from the host contract as a derivative instrument. An example illustrating the application of paragraph 12 to insurance contracts is provided in paragraph 200 of Statement 133. Paragraph 200, second bullet point entitled "Investment Component," concludes that the investment component of an insurance contract backed by investments owned by the insurance company is a debt instrument because ownership of those investments rests with the insurance company, noting that the investments are recorded in the general account of the insurance company. The same bullet point concludes that the investment component of an insurance contract backed by assets held in the insurance company's separate account is a direct investment of the policyholder because the policyholder directs and owns the investments. (Subsequent to the issuance of Statement 133, some have challenged the assertion that the policyholder "owns" the investments. The propriety of the conclusions reached in paragraph 200 relating to traditional variable annuities has been addressed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B7, "Embedded Derivatives: Variable Annuity Products and Policyholder Ownership of the Assets.")

RESPONSE

The FASB staff guidance presented in Statement 133 Implementation Issue B7 indicates that a traditional variable annuity (as described in that Issue) contains no embedded derivatives that warrant separate accounting under Statement 133 even though the insurer, rather than the policyholder, actually owns the assets.

The host contract in a nontraditional variable annuity contract would be considered the traditional variable annuity that, as described in Issue B7, does not contain an embedded derivative that warrants separate accounting. Nontraditional features (such as a guaranteed investment return through a minimum accumulation benefits or a guaranteed account value floor) would be considered embedded derivatives subject to the requirements of Statement 133. Paragraph 12 of Statement 133, states, in part, that:

Contracts that do not in their entirety meet the definition of a derivative instrument such as … insurance policies… may contain "embedded" derivative instruments—implicit or explicit terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of other exchanges required by the contract in a manner similar to a derivative instrument. The effect of embedding a derivative instrument in another type of contract is that some or all of the cash flows or other exchanges that otherwise would have been required by the contract, whether unconditional or contingent upon the occurrence of a specified event, will be modified based on one or more underlyings. [Emphasis added; reference omitted.] The economic characteristics and risks of the investment guarantee and those of the traditional variable annuity contract would typically be considered to be not clearly and closely related.

In determining the accounting for other seemingly similar structures, it would be inappropriate to analogize to the above guidance due to the unique attributes of nontraditional variable annuity contracts and the fact that the above guidance, which is based on Issue B7, can be viewed as an exception for nontraditional variable annuity contracts issued by insurance companies.

DIG Issue B9 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb9.html 
QUESTION

Are the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative (market adjusted value prepayment option) in a market value annuity contract (MVA or the hybrid instrument) clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract?

BACKGROUND

An MVA accounted for as an investment contract under FASB Statement No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, given its lack of significant mortality risk, provides for a return of principal plus a fixed rate of return if held to maturity, or alternatively, a "market adjusted value" if the surrender option is exercised by the contract holder prior to maturity. The market adjusted value is typically based on current interest crediting rates being offered for new MVA purchases. As an example of how the market adjusted value is calculated at any period end, the formula typically takes the contractual guaranteed amount payable at the end of the specified term, including the applicable guaranteed interest, and discounts that future cash flow to its present value using rates currently being offered for new MVA purchases with terms equal to the remaining term to maturity of the existing MVA. As a result, the market value adjustment may be positive or negative, depending upon market interest rates at each period end. In a rising interest rate environment, the market adjustment may be such that less than substantially all principal is recovered upon surrender.

The following is an example of an annuity with a fixed return if held for a specified period or market adjusted value if surrendered early.

Single premium deposit: $100,000 on 12/31/98

Maturity Date: 12/31/07 (9 yr. term)

Guaranteed Fixed Rate: 7%

Fixed Maturity Value: $183,846 ($100,000 @ 7% compounded for 9 yrs.)

Market Value Adjustment Formula: Discount future fixed maturity value to present value at surrender date using currently offered market value annuity rate for the period of time left until maturity.

12/31/99 Valuation Date

(1) Fixed rate account value @7%
(2) Market Adjusted Value
3) Market Value Adjustment

5%

$107,000
  124,434
$ 17,434
========

9%

$107,000
    92,266
$  (14,734)
========

RESPONSE

Yes, the embedded derivative (prepayment option) is clearly and closely related to the host debt contract.

Paragraph 61(d) provides interpretation of the clearly and closely related criteria as it applies to debt with put options, noting that:

Call options (or put options) that can accelerate the repayment of principal on a debt instrument are considered to be clearly and closely related to a debt instrument that requires principal repayments unless both (1) the debt involves a substantial premium or discount (which is common with zero-coupon bonds) and (2) the put or call option is only contingently exercisable. Thus, if a substantial premium or discount is not involved, embedded calls and puts (including contingent call or put options that are not exercisable unless an event of default occurs) would not be separated from the host contract. The terms of MVAs do not include either feature. There is no substantial premium or discount present in these contracts at inception, and the put option is exercisable at any time by the contract holder (that is, it is not "contingently exercisable").

Since the embedded derivative has an underlying that is an interest rate index and the host contract is a debt instrument, the MVA contract must be analyzed under the criteria in paragraphs 13 and 61(a) as well. Pursuant to the tentative FASB staff guidance presented in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B5, the condition in paragraph 13(a) was intended to apply only to those situations in which the investor (creditor) could be forced by the terms of a hybrid instrument to accept settlement at an amount that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. That is, because the investor always has the option to hold the MVA contract to maturity and receive the fixed rate and the insurance company cannot force the investor to surrender, the condition in paragraph 13(a) would not be met (that is, the insurance company does not have the contractual right to demand surrender and put the investor in a situation of not recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment). The condition in paragraph 13(b) also would not be met in a typical MVA contract, since there is no leverage feature that would result in twice the initial and current market rate of return.

Because the criteria in paragraphs 13, 61(a), and 61(d) are not met, the prepayment option is considered clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument.

As the above examples demonstrate, the prepayment option enables the holder simply to cash out of the instrument at fair value at the surrender date. The prepayment option provides only liquidity to the holder. The holder receives only the market adjusted value, which is equal to the fair value of the investment contract at the surrender date. As such, the prepayment option (the embedded derivative) has a fair value of zero at all times.

DIG Issue B10 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb10.html 
Embedded Derivatives: Equity-Indexed Life Insurance Contracts

DIG Issue B11 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb11.html 
Embedded Derivatives: Volumetric Production Payments

DIG Issue B12 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb12.html 
Embedded Derivatives in Certificates Issued by Qualifying Special-Purpose Entities

DIG Issue B13 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb13.html 
Embedded Derivatives: Accounting for Remarketable Put Bonds

DIG Issue B14 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb14.html 
Purchase Contracts with a Selling Price Subject to a Cap and a Floor
(Released 11/99)
DIG Issue B15--- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb15.html 
Separate Accounting for Multiple Derivative Features Embedded in a Single Hybrid Instrument
(Released 11/99)
DIG Issue B16 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueb16.html 
Calls and Puts in Debt Instruments
(Released 11/99)

 

DIG Issue K2 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuek2.html 
QUESTION

If a bond includes in its terms at issuance an option feature that is explicitly transferable independent of the bond and thus is potentially exercisable by a party other than either the issuer of the bond (the debtor) or the holder of the bond (the investor), should the option be considered under Statement 133 as an attached freestanding option or an embedded option by the writer and the holder of the option?

BACKGROUND

Certain structured transactions involving the issuance of a bond incorporate transferable options to call or put the bond. As such, those options are potentially exercisable by a party other than the debtor or the investor. For example, certain "put bond" structures involving three separate parties - the debtor, the investor, and an investment bank - may incorporate options that are ultimately held by the investment bank, giving that party the right to call the bond from the investor. Several put bond structures involving options that are exercisable by a party other than the debtor or investor are described in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B13, "Accounting for Remarketable Put Bonds."

RESPONSE

If a bond includes in its terms at issuance an option feature that is explicitly transferable independent of the bond and thus is potentially exercisable by a party other than either the issuer of the bond (the debtor) or the holder of the bond (the investor), that option should be considered under Statement 133 as an attached freestanding derivative instrument, rather than an embedded derivative, by both the writer and the holder of the option.

For example, a call option that is either transferable by the debtor to a third party and thus is potentially exercisable by a party other than the debtor or the original investor based on the legal agreements governing the debt issuance can result in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the original debt instrument. Accordingly, even when incorporated into the terms of the original debt agreement, such an option may not be considered an embedded derivative by either the debtor or the investor because it can be separated from the bond and effectively sold to a third party. The notion of an embedded derivative, as discussed in paragraph 12, does not contemplate features that may be sold or traded separately from the contract in which those rights and obligations are embedded. Assuming they meet Statement 133’s definition of a derivative, such features must be considered attached freestanding derivatives rather than embedded derivatives by both the writer and the current holder.

In addition, Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B3, "Investor’s Accounting for a Put or Call Option Attached to a Debt Instrument Contemporaneously with or Subsequent to Its Issuance," require that an option that is added or attached to an existing debt instrument by a third party also results in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the debt instrument and, thus, the option should not be considered an embedded derivative.

An attached freestanding derivative is not an embedded derivative subject to grandfathering under the transition provisions of Statement 133.

 

 

Embedded Option =

an option that is an inseparable part of another instrument. Most embedded options are conversion features granted to the buyer or early termination options reserved by the issuer of a security. A call provision of a bond or note that contractually allows for early extinguishment is an example of an embedded option.   See embedded derivatives and option.

Convertible debt can be viewed as a debt instrument with a call option on equity securities of the issuer.  Interest rates on that option are not clearly-and-closely related.  Hence, the embedded option might be accounted for separately under Paragraph 6 on Page 3 of FAS 133.

DIG Issue K3 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuek3.html  
QUESTION

Should the combinations of purchased and written options described below be considered for accounting purposes as two separate option contracts or as a single forward contract:

An embedded (non-transferable) purchased call (put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option executed contemporaneously with the same counterparty as part of a single hybrid instrument?

A freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that are executed contemporaneously with the same counterparty at inception but where the purchased option may be transferred?

A freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that are executed contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception?

For the purposes of this question, in all cases, the purchased and written options have the same terms (strike price, notional amount, and exercise date) and the same underlying, and neither of the two options is required to be exercised. The notion of the "same counterparty" encompasses contracts entered into directly with a single counterparty and contracts entered into with a single party that are structured through an intermediary. In addition, consistent with the conclusion in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. K2, "Are Transferable Options Freestanding or Embedded?", an option incorporated into the terms of a hybrid instrument at inception that is explicitly transferable should be considered a freestanding, rather than an embedded, derivative instrument.

RESPONSE

This section provides separate responses for each of the combinations of options in the Question section.

A combination of an embedded (non-transferable) purchased call (put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option in a single hybrid instrument that have the same terms (strike price, notional amount, and exercise date) and same underlying and that are entered into contemporaneously with the same counterparty, should be considered for accounting purposes as a single forward contract by both parties to the contracts. Those embedded options are in substance an embedded forward contract because they (a) convey rights (to the holder) and obligations (to the writer) that are equivalent from an economic and risk perspective to an embedded forward contract and (b) cannot be separated from the hybrid instrument in which they are embedded. Even though neither party is required to exercise its purchased option, the result of the overall structure is a hybrid instrument that will likely be redeemed at a point earlier than its stated maturity. That result is expected by both the hybrid instrument’s issuer and investor regardless of whether the embedded feature that triggers the redemption is in the form of two separate options or a single forward contract. (However, if either party is required to exercise its purchased "option" prior to the stated maturity date of the hybrid instrument, the hybrid instrument should not be viewed for accounting purposes as containing one or more embedded derivatives. In substance, the debtor (issuer) and creditor (investor) have agreed to terms that accelerate the stated maturity of the instrument and the exercise date of the "option" is essentially the hybrid’s actual maturity date. As a result, it is inappropriate to characterize the hybrid instrument as containing two embedded option contracts that are exercisable only on the actual maturity date or as containing an embedded forward contract that is a combination of an embedded purchased call (put) and a written put (call) with the same terms.)

Embedded options in a hybrid instrument that are required to be considered a single forward contract for accounting purposes as a result of the guidance contained herein may not be designated individually as hedged items in a fair value hedge in which the hedging instrument is a separate, unrelated freestanding option. Statement 133 does not permit a component of a derivative to be designated as the hedged item.

A combination of a freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into contemporaneously with the same counterparty at inception should be considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts, rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the contracts. Derivatives that are transferable are, by their nature, separate and distinct contracts. That is consistent with the conclusion in Issue K2 which states: "…a call option that is either transferable by the debtor to a third party or that is deemed to be exercisable by a party other than the debtor or the original investor based on the legal agreements governing the debt issuance can result in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the original debt instrument. Accordingly, even when incorporated into the terms of the original debt agreement, such an option may not be considered an embedded derivative by either the debtor or the investor because it can be separated from the bond and effectively sold to a third party…."

A combination of a freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception should be considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts, rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the contracts. Similarly, a combination of a freestanding written call (put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) purchased put (call) option that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception should be considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts, rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the contracts. Separate purchased and written options with the same terms but that involve different counterparties convey rights and obligations that are distinct and do not warrant bundling as a single forward contract for accounting purposes under Statement 133.

 

Also see compound derivative.

Eonia = See Euribor.

Equity-Indexed Embedded Derivative =

a contract with payments derived from a common stock price index such as the Dow Industrial Price Index or the Standard and Poors 500 Index.  For example,when a note's interest payment has an embedded derivative (e.g., a common stock price option on a particular stock or a stock index) pegged to equity prices, the embedded portion must be separated from the host contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61h on Pages 42-43 of FAS 133.  This makes equity  indexed derivative accounting different than credit indexed and   inflation indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that do not allow separation from the host contract.  In this regard, credit-indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like commodity-indexed accounting.  An illustration is provided beginning in Paragraph 185 on Page 97 of FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 250 on Page 133 of FAS 133.  FAS 133 does not cover derivatives in which the equity index is tied only to the firm's on common stock according to Paragraph 11a beginning on Page 6 of FAS 133.  Also see index-amortizing, derivative financial instrument and embedded derivative.

See DIG Issue B10 under embedded derivatives.

Equity-Linked Bear Note = see embedded derivatives.

Equity Method =

a naughty word for hedge accounting under FAS 133.  See Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Risks of cash flows, fair value and foreign currency cannot be hedged for securities accounted for under the equity method under SFAS 115 except under confusing net investment hedges discussed below.  For equity method accounting, ownership must constitute at least 20% of the outstanding voting (equity) shares of the security in question. Under the equity method the investment is adjusted for the owner's share of net earnings irrespective of cash dividends.  Since dividends do not affect earnings, the FASB does not allow cash flow hedges of forecasted dividends under equity method accounting.  

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.

Not allowing equity method investments to be hedged items is controversial.  The FASB defends its decision in Paragraph 455 beginning on Page 200 of FAS 133.  This reads as follows:

The Board decided to retain the prohibition in the Exposure Draft from designating an investment accounted for by the equity method as a hedged item to avoid conflicts with the existing accounting requirements for that item. Providing fair value hedge accounting for an equity method investment conflicts with the notion underlying APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. Opinion 18 requires an investor in common stock and corporate joint ventures to apply the equity method of accounting when the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. Under the equity method of accounting, the investor generally records its share of the investee’s earnings or losses from its investment. It does not account for changes in the price of the common stock, which would become part of the basis of an equity method investment under fair value hedge accounting. Changes in the earnings of an equity method investee presumably would affect the fair value of its common stock. Applying fair value hedge accounting to an equity method investment thus could result in some amount of double counting of the investor’s share of the investee’s earnings. The Board believes that result would be inappropriate. In addition to those conceptual issues, the Board was concerned that it would be difficult to develop a method of implementing fair value hedge accounting, including measuring hedge ineffectiveness, for equity method investments and that the results of any method would be difficult to understand. For similar reasons, this Statement also prohibits fair value hedge accounting for an unrecognized firm commitment to acquire or dispose of an investment accounted for by the equity method.

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 is probably the most confusing condition mentioned in Paragraph 4. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

A more confusing, at least to me, portion of Paragraph 36 reads as follows:

The criterion in paragraph 21(c)(1) requires that a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) not be the hedged item in a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge because it is remeasured with the changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk (an exchange rate change) reported currently in earnings.  Similarly, the criterion in paragraph 29(d) requires that the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 not be the hedged item in a foreign currency cash flow hedge because, subsequent to acquisition or incurrence, the asset or liability will be remeasured with changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk reported currently in earnings. A foreign currency derivative instrument that has been entered into with another member of a consolidated group can be a hedging instrument in the consolidated financial statements only if that other member has entered into an offsetting contract with an unrelated third party to hedge the exposure it acquired from issuing the derivative instrument to the affiliate that initiated the hedge.

Equity Swap=

A swap with payments on one or both sides linked to the performance of equities or an equity index. Equity.  You can read the following at http://www.finpipe.com/equityswaps.htm 

Consider the Bulldog S&P 500 Mutual Fund that is a fund promising to deliver the return of the S&P 500 (less administrative and managerial costs). How do they do it?

One way would be to buy the 500 stocks that comprise the index in their exact proportions. However, the execution of this would be cumbersome, particularly if the level of funds in the Bulldog S&P 500 Mutual Fund were to fluctuate as people put more money to work or as they withdraw from the fund.

Another way would be to participate in the S&P 500 through the futures market by using the mutual fund's money to purchase S&P 500 Futures. The Futures contract would have to be rolled on a quarterly basis. There would be complex administration with the Futures Exchange.

There is a third alternative: the equity swap. The investment manager at Bulldog calls up First Derivatives bank and asks for an S&P 500 swap in which the fund pays First Derivatives some money market return in exchange for receiving the return on the S&P 500 index for a period of five years with monthly payments. The return on the S&P 500 index consists of capital gains as well as income distributions.

The structure is easy for the passive investment manager to implement administratively. And it fully accomplishes the goal with very little costs. Index trading funds typically have much lower costs associated with them.

There are also tax advantages or ownership advantages associated with equity swaps.

Let's say that you own $100 million of stock in Acme Tool & Die. The stock has gone up 50% in the past year and you want to take profit but you do not want to forfeit the shares. You just want someone to give you some money today for the capital gains and income distributions of that Acme Stock for the next five years. So you enter into an equity swap.

Paragraph 250 of FAS 133 explicitly provides for an underlying to be an equity index.  FAS 133 does not allow cash flow hedges based upon a firm's own equity.  Paragraph 472 reads as follows:

This Statement prohibits cash flow hedge accounting for forecasted transactions involving (a) an entity's interests in consolidated subsidiaries, (b) minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, (c) investments accounted for by the equity method, or (d) an entity's own equity instruments classified in stockholders' equity.

See Equity Indexed Embedded Derivatives for specifics embedded derivatives entailing an equity index.

Euribor and Eonia=

money market reference rates for the European Union.  At the beginning of 1999 Europe adopted a new currency: 11 countries of the European Union will adopt the Euro. A new financial market was created which needed its own benchmarks. The benchmarks for the money and capital markets in the euro zone is Euribor and Eonia.  You can read the following definitions at the homepage of the Banking Federation of the Euorpean Union at http://www.euribor.org/ 

Euribor
(Euro Interbank Offered Rate) will be the rate at which euro interbank term deposits within the euro zone are offered by one prime bank to another prime bank.
Eonia

(Euro OverNight Index Average) will be an effective overnight rate computed as a weighted average of all overnight unsecured lending transactions in the interbank market, initiated within the euro area by the contributing panel banks.

These rates will benefit from:

  • a large domestic market with a single currency;
  • an impressive panel of quoting banks of first class credit standing;
  • a solid code of conduct setting out strict rules for the panel banks;
  • an independent Steering Committee of market experts which will oversee the application of the code.

The conditions are therefore in place to enable Euribor and Eonia to establish themselves as the benchmarks in the new euro market.

Exposed Net Asset Position =

the excess of assets that are measured or denominated in foreign currency and translated at the current rate over liabilities that are measured or denominated in foreign currency and translated at the current rate.

Exposure Draft 162-B =

a part of history in the Financial Accounting Standards Board leading up to FAS 133. See the Background Information section in FAS 133, pp. 119-127, Paragraphs 206-231. Especially note Paragraphs 214, 360-384, and 422-194.  See FAS 133.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

F-Terms

Fair Value =

the estimated best disposal (exit, liquidation) value in any sale other than a forced sale.  It is defined as follows in Paragraph 540 on Page 243 of FAS 133:

The amount at which an asset (liability) could be bought (incurred) or sold (settled) in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and should be used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units times that market price. If a quoted market price is not available, the estimate of fair value should be based on the best information available in the circumstances. The estimate of fair value should consider prices for similar assets or similar liabilities and the results of valuation techniques to the extent available in the circumstances. Examples of valuation techniques include the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using discount rates commensurate with the risks involved, option- pricing models, matrix pricing, option-adjusted spread models, and fundamental analysis.  Valuation techniques for measuring assets and liabilities should be consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. Those techniques should incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of values, future revenues, and future expenses, including assumptions about interest rates, default, prepayment, and volatility. In measuring forward contracts, such as foreign currency forward contracts, at fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows, an entity should base the estimate of future cash flows on the changes in the forward rate (rather than the spot rate). In measuring financial liabilities and nonfinancial derivatives that are liabilities at fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows (or equivalent outflows of other assets), an objective is to use discount rates at which those liabilities could be settled in an arm's-length transaction.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) requires estimation of fair value for many types of financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments. The main guidelines are spelled out in SFAS 107 and FAS 133 Appendix F Paragraph 540.  If a range is estimated for either the amount or the timing of possible cash flows, the likelihood of possible outcomes shall be considered in determining the best estimate of future cash flows according to FAS 133 Paragraph 17.  For related matters under international standards, see IAS 39 Paragraphs 1,5,6, 95-100, and 165.  According to the FASB, fair value is the amount at which an asset (liability) could be bought (incurred) or sold (settled) in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and should be used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units times that market price. 

One of the best documents the FASB generated for FAS 133 implementation is called "summary of Derivative Types."  This document also explains how to value certain types.  It can be downloaded free from at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivsum.exe 

There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  Paragraph 23c and FAS 133  Paragraph 12b.  There are also exceptions where value estimates are unreliable such as in the case of unlisted equity securities (see IAS 39 Paragraphs 69, 93, and 95).   

If an item is viewed as a financial instrument rather than inventory, the accounting becomes more complicated under SFAS 115.  Traders in financial instruments adjust such instruments to fair value with all changes in value passing through current earnings.  Business firms who are not deemed to be traders must designate the instrument as either available-for-sale (AFS) or hold-to-maturity (HTM).  A HTM instrument is maintained at original cost.  An AFS financial instrument must be marked-to-market, but the changes in value pass through OCI rather than current earnings until the instrument is actually sold or otherwise expires.   

Under international standards, the IASC requires fair value adjustments for most financial instruments. This has led to strong reaction from businesses around the world, especially banks. There are now two major working group documents taking sides for and against fair value accounting for all financial instruments. 
Go to http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm 

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
All debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets that are not held for trading but nonetheless are available for sale – except those unquoted equity securities whose fair value cannot be measured reliably by another means are measured at cost subject to an impairment test.

SFAF 133
All debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets that are not held for trading but nonetheless are available for sale – except all unquoted equity securities are measured at cost subject to an impairment test.

FASB requires fair value measurement for all derivatives, including those linked to unquoted equity instruments if they are to be settled in cash but not those to be settled by delivery, which are outside the scope of 133

 

Paragraph 28 beginning on Page 18 of FAS 133 requires that the hedge be formally documented from the start such that prior contracts such as options or futures contracts cannot later be declared hedges. Under international accounting rules, a hedged item can be a recognized asset or liability, an unrecognized firm commitment, or a forecasted transaction (IAS 39  Paragraph 127). 

If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value should be based on the best information available in the circumstances. The estimate of fair value should consider prices for similar assets and liabilities and the results of valuation techniques to the extent available in the circumstances. Examples of valuation techniques include the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved, option-pricing models, matrix pricing, option-adjusted spread models, and fundamental analysis. Valuation techniques for measuring assets and liabilities should be consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. Those techniques should incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of values, future revenues, and future expenses, including assumptions about interest rates, default, prepayment, and volatility.

Under IAS 39 Paragraph 100, under circumstances when a quoted market price is not available, estimation techniques may be used --- which include reference to the current market value of another instrument that is substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models.  When an enterprise has matching asset and liability positions, it may use mid-market prices according to IAS 39 Paragraph 99.

In reality, the FASB in FAS 133 and the IASC in IAS 39 require continual adjustments of financial instruments derivatives to fair value without giving much guidance about such matters when the instruments are not traded on exchange markets or are traded in markets that are too thin to rely upon for value estimation.  Unfortunately, over half of the financial instruments derivative contracts around the world are customized contracts for which there are no markets for valuation estimation purposes.  The most difficult instruments to value are forward contracts and interest rate and foreign currency swaps.  In my Working Paper 231 I discuss various approaches for valuation of interest rate swaps.  See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm .

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts should be based on the change in the forward rate and should consider the time value of money. In measuring liabilities at fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows, an objective is to use discount rates at which those liabilities could be settled in an arm's-length transaction. Although the FASB  does not give very explicit guidance on estimation of a derivative’s fair market value, this topic appears at many points in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 312-319 and 432-457.See blockage factor and yield curve.

Paragraphs 216 on Page 122 and 220-231 beginning on Page 123 of FAS 133 leave little doubt that the FASB feels "fair value is the most relevant measure for financial instrument and the only relevant measure for derivative instruments."  This can be disputed, especially when unrealized gains and value hide operating losses. The December 1998 issue of the Journal of Accountancy provides an interesting contrast on fair value accounting.  On Pages 12-13 you will find a speech by SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt bemoaning the increasingly common practice of auditors to allow earnings management.  On Page 20 you will find a review of an Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals case in which a firm prevented the reporting of net losses for 1988 and 1989 by persuading its auditor to allow reclassification of a large a large hotel as being "for sale" so that it could revalue historical cost book value to current exit value and record the gain as current income.  Back issues of the Journal of Accountancy are now online at http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/jofa/joaiss.htm .

The FASB intends eventually to book all financial instruments at fair value. Jim Leisingring comments about " first shot in a religious war" in my tape31.htm. The IASC also is moving closer and closer to fair value accounting for all financial instruments for virtually all nations, although it too is taking that big step in stages.  Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on this matter.

See DIG Issue B6 under embedded derivatives.

At the moment, accounting standards dictate fair value accounting for derivative financial instruments but not all financial instruments.  However, the entire state of fair value accounting is in a state of change at the moment with respect to both U.S. and international accounting standards.

If a purchased item is viewed as an inventory holding, the basis of accounting is the lower of cost or market for most firms unless they are classified as securities dealers.  In other words, the inventory balance on the balance sheet does not rise if expected net realization rises above cost, but this balance is written down if the expected net realization falls below cost.  The one exception, where inventory balances are marked-to-market for upside and well as downside price movements, arises when the item in inventory qualifies as a "precious" commodity (such as gold or platinum) having a readily-determinable market value.    Such commodities as pork bellies, corn, copper, and crude oil, are not "precious" commodities and must be maintained in inventory at lower-of-cost-or market. 

If an item is viewed as a financial instrument rather than inventory, the accounting becomes more complicated under SFAS 115. Traders in financial instruments adjust such instruments to fair value with all changes in value passing through current earnings. Business firms who are not deemed to be traders must designate the instrument as either available-for-sale (AFS) or hold-to-maturity (HTM). A HTM instrument is maintained at original cost. An AFS financial instrument must be marked-to-market, but the changes in value pass through OCI rather than current earnings until the instrument is actually sold or otherwise expires. Under international standards, the IASC requires fair value adjustments for most financial instruments. This has led to strong reaction from businesses around the world, especially banks. There are now two major working group documents taking sides for and against fair value accounting for all financial instruments. 
Go to http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm 

  • Financial Instruments: Issues Relating to Banks (strongly argues for fair value adjustments of financial instruments). The issue date is August 31, 1999.
    Trinity University students may view this paper at J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgbaaug.pdf.  

  • Accounting for financial Instruments for Banks (concludes that a modified form of historical cost is optimal for bank accounting). The issue date is October 4, 1999.
    Trinity University students may view this paper at J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgfinal.pdf 

On December 14, 1999 the FASB issued Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value.  This document can be downloaded from http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/draft/draftpg.html (Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\pvfvalu1.doc ).

Fair Value Hedge =

a hedge that bases its periodic settlements on changes in value of an asset or liability. This type of hedge is most often used for forecasted purchases or sales. See FAS 133 Paragraphs 20-27,104-110, 111-120, 186, 191-193, 199, 362-370, 422-425, 431-457, and 489-491. The FASB intends to incrementally move towards fair value accounting for all financial instruments, but the FASB feels that it is too much of a shock for constituents to abruptly shift to fair value accounting for all such instruments.  See Paragraph 247 on Page 132, Paragraph 331 on Page 159, Paragraph 335 on Page 160, and Paragraph 321 on Page 156.  The IASC adopted the same definition of a fair value hedge except that the hedge has also to affect reported net income (See IAS 39 Paragraph 137a)

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for fair value risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  See held-to-maturity.

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.  One of these types is described in Section a and Footnote 2 below:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================

With respect to Section a above, a firm commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already booked.  For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.

Generally assets and liabilities must be carried on the books at cost (or not be carried at all as unrecognized firm commitments) in order to host fair value hedges.  The hedged item may not be revalued according to Paragraph 21c on Page 14 of SFAS 113.  However, since GAAP prescribes lower-of-cost-or market write downs (LCM) for certain types of assets such as inventories and receivables, it makes little sense if LCM assets cannot also host fair value hedges. Paragraph 336 on Page 160 does not discuss LCM.  It is worth noting, however, that Paragraph 336 on Page 160 does not support fair value adjustments of hedged items at the inception of a hedge.

The hedging instrument (e.g., a forecasted transaction or firm commitment) must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.   This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.   Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

  • Paragraph 21 on Page 13,

  • Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,

  • Paragraph 241 on Page 130,

  • Paragraph317 on Page 155,

  • Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,

  • Paragraph 432 on Page 192,

  • Paragraph 435 on Page 193,

  • Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196

  • Paragraph 462 on Page 202,

  • Paragraph 477 on Page 208.

For example, a group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.    Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.   For more detail see cash flow hedge and foreign currency hedge.

Those tests also state that a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or designating different components as hedges of different exposures."   See Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs dealing with compound derivative issues include the following:

  • Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9,

  • Footnote 13 on Page 29,

  • Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167,

  • Paragraph 413 on Page 186,

  • Paragraphs 523-524 beginning on Page 225.

Paragraph 18 on Page 10 does allow a single derivative to be divided into components provided but never with partitioning of   "different risks and designating each component as a hedging instrument."   An example using Dutch guilders versus French francs is given under cash flow hedge.

One question that arises is whether a hedged item and its hedge may have different maturity dates.  Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable.  On the other hand, having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998) states the following.  A portion of that example reads as follows:

Although the criteria specified in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.

The difference between a forward exchange rate and a spot rate is not excluded from a fair value hedging relationship for firm commitments measured in forward rates.  However Footnote 22 on Page 68 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

If the hedged item were a foreign-currency-denominated available-for-sale security instead of a firm commitment, Statement 52 would have required its carrying value to be measured using the spot exchange rate. Therefore, the spot-forward difference would have been recognized immediately in earnings either because it represented ineffectiveness or because it was excluded from the assessment of effectiveness.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.  See written option.

Fair value hedges are accounted for in a similar manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39.  Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Definition
a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).

However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow hedge

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
To the extent that the hedge is effective, the gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised immediately in net profit or loss. At the same time, the corresponding gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item and is recognised immediately in net profit or loss.

 

FAS 133 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
Same as IAS 39

...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.


SFAS Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
Same as IAS 39

 

a. The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value should be recognized immediately in earnings; and

b. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk should adjust the carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognized immediately in earnings.

c. This applies even if a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized directly  in equity under paragraph 103b.  It also applies if the hedged item is otherwise measured at cost. 
(IAS 39 Paragraph 153)
See IAS 39 Paragraph 154 for example
.

Also see hedge and hedge accounting.

 

 

FAS 133 and FAS 138  = See SFAS 133

FASB = See Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) =

Financial Accounting Standards Board, P.O. Box 5116, Norwalk, CT 06856-5116. Phone: 203-847-0700 and Fax: 203-849-9714.  The web site is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/ .  See FAS 133.

Financial Accounting Standards Board, P.O. Box 5116, Norwalk, CT 06856-5116. Phone: 203-847-0700 and Fax: 203-849-9714.  The web site is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/ .  See FAS 133.

For matters pertaining to FAS 133 and FAS 138, see SFAS 133.

Also see International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) and FAS 133.

Financial Instrument =

cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that both:

Imposes on one entity a contractual obligation (1) to deliver cash or another financial instrument to a second entity or (2) to exchange other financial instruments on potentially unfavorable terms with the second entity

Conveys to that second entity a contractual right (1) to receive cash or another financial instrument from the first entity or (2) to exchange other financial instruments on potentially favorable terms with the first entity.

The definition of financial instrument includes commodity-based contracts that provide the holder with an option to receive from the issuer either a financial instrument or a nonfinancial commodity.  See derivative financial instrument.

Firm Commitment =

an agreement with an unrelated party, usually legally enforceable, under which performance is probable because of a sufficiently large disincentive for nonperformance.  For example, even though a company expects future dividends from an investment to continue at a fixed rate, future dividends are not firm commitments unless there are disincentives for failure to declare dividends.   There might be such disincentives in the case of preferred dividends, but there are no such disincentives for common stock dividends.  Disincentives for nonperformance may not be indirect opportunity gains or losses according to Paragraph 540 beginning on Page 243 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 540 on Page 244 defines a firm commitment as follows:

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.

b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make performance probable.

Section b above is judgmental.  The best way to meet this condition is to spell out the penalties for nonperformance in the contract.  But there are many situations where legal recourse is implicit as a matter of statute or tradition.  Must the "agreement disincentives"  be spelled out in each contract?  Clearly there are many situations in which disincentives are implicit in the law.  There are many others in which it is not so much legal as it is economic disincentives requiring laying off of workers, closing down of plants, negative publicity, etc.  Economic disincentives, however, are far more difficult to use in distinguishing firm commitments from forecasted transactions.

To my students I like to relate firm commitments and forecasted transactions to purchase commitments or sales contracts that call for future delivery.  If the contract specifies an exact quantity at a fixed (firm) price, the commitment is deemed a "firm commitment."   Cash flow is never in doubt with a firm (fixed-price) commitments and, therefore, a firm commitment cannot be hedged by a cash flow hedge.  For example, suppose Company A enters into a purchase contract to purchase 10,000 tons of a commodity for $600 per ton in three months time.  This a firm commitment without any doubt about the cash flows.  However, if the price is contracted at "spot price" in three months, the commitment is no longer a "firm" commitment.  The clause "spot price" makes this a forecasted transaction for 10,000 at a future price that can can move up or down from its current level.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge with a derivative instrument that will lock in price of a forecasted transaction.  In the case of a firm commitment there is no need for a cash flow hedge.

In the case of a firm commitment the cash flow is fixed but the value can vary with spot prices.  For example, in three months time the firm commitment cash flow may be ($600)($10,000) = $6,000,000.  If the spot price moves to $500, the cash flow is more than the value of the commodity at the time of purchase.  It is possible, however, to use a derivative financial instrument to hedge the value at a given level (called a fair value hedge) such that if the spot rate falls to $500, the hedge will pay ($600-$500)(10,000 tons) =  $1,000,000.

In the case of a forecasted transaction at spot rates, the value stays fixed at ($ spot rate)(10,000 tons).  However, the cash flow accordingly varies.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge using a derivative financial instrument, however, such that the cash flow is fixed a desired level.  In summary either cash flows are fixed and values vary (i.e., a fixed commitment) or cash flows vary and values are fixed (forecasted transaction).  If hedging takes place, firm commitments are only hedged with respect to value, whereas forecasted transactions are only hedged as to cash flow.  

I think the FASB really intends that the disincentives or penalties must be legally specified for each firm commitment to a point where these specifications will invoke very serious damages after a court in case for any breach of contract.   Section b is probably best interpreted in terms of its main purpose.  The main purpose, I surmise, is to distinguish a firm commitment from both a forecasted transaction and a common form of purchase contract that is easily broken with few if any penalties.  For example, a newspaper's 80-year agreement to purchase newsprint from a paper manufacturer might be broken with relatively small damages if the trees needed for the newsprint have not even been planted.  That type of purchase agreement is not a firm commitment.  It would seem, however, that Section b must be a matter of judgment regarding degrees of "firmness." rather than the mere writing in of any form of penalty for breach of contract.

See DIG Implementation Issue A5 under net settlement.

Differences between firm commitments versus forecasted transactions are elaborated upon in Paragraphs 320-326 beginning on Page 157 of FAS 133.  Respondents did not necessarily agree that the differences are important.   The FASB argues that they are important.  As a result,  firm commitments do not need cash flow hedges unless there is foreign currency risk.  They may   need fair value hedging since values may vary from committed prices.   According to Paragraph 325, forecasted transactions have fewer rights and obligations vis-a-vis firm commitments.  All significant terms of the exchange should be specified in the agreement, including the quantity to be exchanged and the fixed price.  A forecasted transaction has no contractual rights and obligations.  Firm commitments differ from long-term purchase commitments. Generally long-term purchase agreements such as agreements to purchase timber of trees not yet planted or oil not yet pumped from the ground can usually be broken with a relatively small amount of penalty equal to damages sustained in the breaking of a contract. A firm commitment usually entails damage awards equal to or more than the contractual commitment. Hence they are less likely to be broken than purchase commitments. Firm commitments are discussed at various points in FAS 133.  See Paragraphs 37, 362, 370, 437-442, and 458-462.

Firm commitments can have fair value hedges even though they cannot have cash flow hedges other than cash flow hedges of foreign currency risk exposures --- see Paragraph 20 on Page 11 and Paragraph 37 on Page 24 of FAS 133.  They can be contracted in terms of a currency other than the designated functinal currency.   Gains and losses on fair value hedges of firm commitments are accounted for in current earnings following guidance in Paragraph 39 on Page 25 of FAS 133.  If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  See derivative financial instrument.

In Paragraph 440 beginning on Page 195 of FAS 133, the definition of a firm commitment reads the same as is does in Paragraph 540:

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It also may be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.

b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.

That definition is based on the definition of a firm commitment in
Statements 52 and 80
.

Paragraph 324 on Page 157 also declares that firm commitments must be fixed-price contracts. Also see Paragraphs 370, 416, and 432 of FAS 133.  Contracts not having fixed prices are generally not allowed to host fair value hedges.   An illustration of a fair value hedge of a firm commitment begins in Paragraph 121 on Page 67 of FAS 133.  Disincentives for nonperformance can be direct penalties, but they may not be indirect opportunity gains or losses according to Paragraph 540 beginning on Page 243 of FAS 133.

Some firm commitments are not booked at the time of the contract.  For example, purchase contracts for raw materials are not booked until title changes hands or prepayment takes place.  Unrecognized firm commitments, unlike recognized firm commitment, are not booked as assets or liabilities.  Footnote 2 on Page 2 of SFAS reads as follows:

An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment

Footnote 8 on Page 13 of FAS 133 notes how commitments sometimes do and sometimes do not qualify for accounting as firm commitments for hedges:

A firm commitment that represents an asset or liability that a specific accounting standard prohibits recognizing (such as a noncancellable operating lease or an unrecognized mortgage servicing right) may nevertheless be designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge. A mortgage banker's unrecognized "interest rate lock commitment" (IRLC) does not qualify as a firm commitment (because as an option it does not obligate both parties) and thus is not eligible for fair value hedge accounting as the hedged item.  (However, a mortgage banker's "forward sale commitments," which are derivatives that lock in the prices at which the mortgage loans will be sold to investors, may qualify as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges of the forecasted sales of mortgage loans.)

Sometimes even a firm commitment is not eligible for hedge accounting.  For example, a a firm commitment to acquire equity investment in a consolidated subsidiary is not eligible under Paragraph 456 on Page 201 of FAS 133.  Under international rules, a hedged item can be a recognized asset or liability, an unrecognized firm commitment, or a forecasted transaction (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).  Also see FAS 133 Paragraph 21a.

A firm commitment must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.  This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the firm "commitment" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.   Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

  • Paragraph 21 on Page 13,

  • Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,

  • Paragraph 241 on Page 130,

  • Paragraph317 on Page 155,

  • Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,

  • Paragraph 432 on Page 192,

  • Paragraph 435 on Page 193,

  • Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196

  • Paragraph 462 on Page 202,

  • Paragraph 477 on Page 208.

For example, a group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.    Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
Fair value hedge definition
: a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).

However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow hedge

FAS 133
Same...

...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

Also see forecasted transaction and hedge accounting.

Fixed-to-Floating = see floater.

Floater =

a variable coupon (nominal) rate that determines the interim cash flows on bond debt and bond investments.   Example 12 in FAS 133 Paragraph 178 illustrates an inverse floater where the coupon rate varies with changes in an interest rate index such as the prime rate or LIBOR.  Example 13 in Paragraph 179 illustrates a levered inverse floater that varies indirectly rather than directly with an index.  Example 14 in Paragraph 180 illustrates a delivered floater that has a lagged relation to an index.   Example 15 in Paragraph 15 illustrates a range floater with a cash payment based upon the number of days that the referent index stays with a a pre-established collar (range).  Example 16 illustrates a ratchet floater that has an adjustable cap and floor that move in relation to a referent index such as LIBOR.  Example 17 in Paragraph 183 illustrates a fixed-to-floating floater varies between fixed rate periods versus floating rate periods. 

Much of the concern in FAS 133 accounting focuses on whether a floater-based embedded option can be separated from its host.  For example suppose a bond receivable has a variable interest rate with an embedded range floater derivative that specifies a collar of 4% to 8% based upon LIBOR.  The bond holder receives no interest payments in any period where the average LIBOR is outside the collar.  In this case, the range floater embedded option cannot be isolated and accounted for apart from the host bond contract.  The reason is that the option is clearly and closely related to the interest payments under the host contract (i.e., it can adjust the interest rate).  See Paragraph 12 beginning on Page 7 of FAS 133.   An example of a range floater is provided beginning in Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of FAS 133.

A ratchet floater pays a floating interest rate with an adjustable cap and an adjustable floor.  The embedded derivatives must be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12.  An example is provided in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133.

Some debt has a combination of fixed and floating components.  For example, a "fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate.   This type of bond has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward component for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.   Since the forward component is  "clearly-and-closely related"adjustment of interest of the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of FAS 133 (unless conditions in Paragraph 13 apply).  See also Paragraph 21a(2) on Page 14 of FAS 133.  An example of a fixed-to-floating rate debt is provided beginning in Paragraph 183 on Page 196 of FAS 133.

Floor = see cap.

Forecasted Transaction =

a transaction that is expected, with high probability, to occur but as to which there has been no firm commitment. Particularly important is the absence penalties for breach of contract.  Paragraph 540 on Page 245 of FAS 133 defines it as follows:

A transaction that is expected to occur for which there is no firm commitment. Because no transaction or event has yet occurred and the transaction or event when it occurs will be at the prevailing market price, a forecasted transaction does not give an entity any present rights to future benefits or a present obligation for future sacrifices

To my students I like to relate firm commitments and forecasted transactions to purchase commitments or sales contracts that call for future delivery.  If the contract specifies an exact quantity at a fixed (firm) price, the commitment is deemed a "firm commitment."   Cash flow is never in doubt with a firm (fixed-price) commitments and, therefore, a firm commitment cannot be hedged by a cash flow hedge.  For example, suppose Company A enters into a purchase contract to purchase 10,000 tons of a commodity for $600 per ton in three months time.  This a firm commitment without any doubt about the cash flows.  However, if the price is contracted at "spot price" in three months, the commitment is no longer a "firm" commitment.  The clause "spot price" makes this a forecasted transaction for 10,000 at a future price that can can move up or down from its current level.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge with a derivative instrument that will lock in price of a forecasted transaction.  In the case of a firm commitment there is no need for a cash flow hedge.

In the case of a firm commitment the cash flow is fixed but the value can vary with spot prices.  For example, in three months time the firm commitment cash flow may be ($600)($10,000) = $6,000,000.  If the spot price moves to $500, the cash flow is more than the value of the commodity at the time of purchase.  It is possible, however, to use a derivative financial instrument to hedge the value at a given level (called a fair value hedge) such that if the spot rate falls to $500, the hedge will pay ($600-$500)(10,000 tons) =  $1,000,000.

In the case of a forecasted transaction at spot rates, the value stays fixed at ($ spot rate)(10,000 tons).  However, the cash flow accordingly varies.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge using a derivative financial instrument, however, such that the cash flow is fixed a desired level.  In summary either cash flows are fixed and values vary (i.e., a fixed commitment) or cash flows vary and values are fixed (forecasted transaction).  If hedging takes place, firm commitments are only hedged with respect to value, whereas forecasted transactions are only hedged as to cash flow. 

Because no transaction or event has yet occurred and the transaction or event when it occurs will be at the prevailing market price, a forecasted transaction does not give an entity any present rights to future benefits or obligations for future sacrifices.  Firm commitments differ from forecasted transactions in terms of legal rights and obligations.  A forecasted transaction has no contractual rights and obligations. Forecasted transactions are referred to at various points in FAS 133. For example, see FAS 133 Paragraphs 29-35, 93, 358, 463-465, 472-473, and 482-487. A forecasted transaction, unlike a firm commitment, may need a cash flow hedge.  

Paragraph 29b on Page 20 of FAS 133 requires that the forecasted transaction be probable.  Important in this criterion would be past sales and purchases transactions.  An on-going baking company, for example, must purchase flour.  It does not have to purchase materials for a plant renovation, however, until management decisions to renovate are firmed up.

Paragraph 325 on Page 157 of FAS 133 states that even though forecasted transactions may be highly probable, they lack the rights and obligations of a firm commitment, including unrecognized firm commitments that are not booked as assets and liabilities. 

Forecasted transactions differ from firm commitments in terms of enforcement rights and obligations. They do not differ in terms of the need for a specific notional and a specific underlying under Paragraph 440a on Page 195 of FAS 133.  Section a of that paragraph reads as follows:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It also may be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.

In Paragraph 29c on Page 20 of FAS 133, the forecasted transaction cannot be with a related party such as a subsidiary or parent company if it is to qualify as the hedged transaction of a cash flow hedging derivative.  An exception is made in Paragraph 40 on Page 25 for forecasted intercompany foreign currency-denominated transactions if the conditions on Page 26 are satisfied. Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487.  Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself, which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page 24 of FAS 133.  However, a consolidated group may not apply cash flow hedge accounting as stated in Paragraph 40d on Page 26. 

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity method.

Suppose a company expects dividend income to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency.  Suppose the investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date.  Forecasted dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a dividend.  A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133.  Whether or not gains and losses are posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as trading securities.   There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.

One question that arises is whether a hedged item and its hedge may have different maturity dates.  Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable.  On the other hand, having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998) states the following.  A portion of that example reads as follows:

Although the criteria specified in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.

Paragraph 29d precludes forecasted transactions from being the hedged items in cash flow hedges if those items, when the transaction is completed, will be remeasured on each reporting date at fair value with holding gains and losses taken directly into current earnings (as opposed to comprehensive income).  Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.  Thus, a forecasted purchase of raw material inventory maintained at cost can be a hedged item, but the forecasted purchase of a trading security not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115, cannot be a hedged item. That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued with unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings.  Conversely, the forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.

Even more confusing is Paragraph 29e that requires the cash flow hedge to be on prices rather than credit worthiness.  For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e.  The forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers.  Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.  Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

A forecasted transaction must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.  This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.    Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

  • Paragraph 21 on Page 13,

  • Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,

  • Paragraph 241 on Page 130,

  • Paragraph317 on Page 155,

  • Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,

  • Paragraph 432 on Page 192,

  • Paragraph 435 on Page 193,

  • Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196

  • Paragraph 462 on Page 202,

  • Paragraph 477 on Page 208.

For example, a group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.    Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Merely meeting the tests of being a forecasted transaction or a firm commitment does not automatically qualify the item to be designated a hedge item in a hedging transaction.  For example, it cannot be a forecasted transaction cannot be hedged for cash flows if it is remeasured at fair value on reporting dates.  For example, trading securities under SFAS 115 are remeasured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses going directly into earnings. 

Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 bans a forecasted transaction of a subsidiary company from being a hedged item if the parent company wants to hedge the cash flow on the subsidiary's behalf.  However Paragraph 40a allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself, which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page 24 of FAS 133.  Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487.

Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge.   Reasons are given in Paragraph 472 beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133.  See minority interest.

Also see firm commitment

Foreign Currency Financial Statements =

financial statements that employ foreign currency as the unit of measure.

Foreign Currency Futures Options = see foreign currency hedge.

Foreign Currency Hedge =

a hedge that manages risks of variations in exchange rates for foreign currencies. For example, companies that have firm commitments to purchase or sell items priced in foreign currencies can hedge against exchange rate losses between the time of the commitment and the time of the transaction. Major sections of FAS 133 dealing with such hedges include Paragraphs 36-42, 121-126, 162-175, 194-197, and 474-487.  See currency swap, hedge, and hedge accountingThe IASC retained the definition in IAS 21 Paragraph 137c.  Held-to-maturity investments carried at amortized cost may be effective hedging instruments with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates (IAS 39 Paragraph 125).  A financial asset or liability whose fair value cannot be reliably measured cannot be a hedging instrument except in the case of a nonderivative instrument (a) that is denominated in a foreign currency, (b) that is designated as a hedge of foreign currency risk, and (c) whose foreign currency component is reliably measurable (IAS 39 Paragraph 126).  A nonderivative financial asset or liability may be designated as a hedging instrument, for hedge accounting purposes, only for a hedge of a foreign currency risk according to IAS 39 Paragraph 122.

Under IAS 39, foreign currency hedge accounting is similar to accountning for  cash flow hedges.

(a) the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge (see IAS Paragraph 142) should be recognized directly in equity through the statement of changes in equity (see IAS 1, Paragraphs 86-88); and

(b) the ineffective portion should be reported:  (1) immediately in earnings if the hedging instrument is a derivative; or (2) in accordance with Paragraph 19 of IAS 21, in the limited circumstances in which the hedging instrument is not a derivative

The gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge should be classified in the same manner as the foreign currency translation gain or loss
(IAS Paragraph 164)

One of the main differences in a foreign currency swap vis-a-vis other swaps is that the notional amounts are exchanged at inception and maturity in a foreign currency swap.  A common type of economic hedge in practice cannot receive hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133 is called a cross-currency swap.  This is a variant on the standard currency or interest rate swap in which the interest rate in one currency is fixed, and the interest rate in the other is floating. The only difference between a traditional interest rate swap and a currency coupon swap is the combination of the currency and interest rate features. But the DIG originally took a  hard position on cross-currency swaps that upsets corporations.  See http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueh4.html.  Also listen to the audio file CERINO40.mp3 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueh4.html. But the FASB softened its position in the FAS 138 Amendments to FAS 133.  Also see circus.

FAS 133 Paragraph 40 originally read as follows:

A nonderivative financial instrument shall not be designated as a hedging instrument in a foreign currency cash flow hedge. A derivative instrument designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure to variability in the functional-currency-equivalent cash flows associated with either a forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transaction (for example, a forecasted export sale to an unaffiliated entity with the price to be denominated in a foreign currency) or a forecasted intercompany foreign-currency-denominated transaction (for example, a forecasted sale to a foreign subsidiary or a forecasted royalty from a foreign subsidiary) qualifies for hedge accounting if all of the following criteria are met:

a. The operating unit that has the foreign currency exposure is a party to the hedging instrument (which can be an instrument between a parent company and its subsidiary -- refer to FAS 133 Paragraph 36).

b. The hedged transaction is denominated in a currency other than that unit's functional currency.

c. All of the criteria in FAS 133 Paragraphs 28 and 29 are met, except for the criterion in FAS 133 Paragraph 29c that requires that the forecasted transaction be with a party external to the reporting entity.

d. If the hedged transaction is a group of individual forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions, a forecasted inflow of a foreign currency and a forecasted outflow of the foreign currency cannot both be included in the same group.

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.  One of the types is described in Section c below:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

c.
A hedge of the foreign currency exposure of

(1) an unrecognized firm commitment (a foreign currency fair value hedge), (

(2) an available-for-sale security (a foreign currency fair value hedge),

(3) a forecasted transaction (a foreign currency cash flow hedge), or

(4) a net investment in a foreign operation.

With respect to Section c(1) above, firm commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already recognized.  See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  Similar reasoning applies to trading securities that are excluded in c(2) above since their gains and losses are already booked.  These gains have been deferred in comprehensive income for available-for-sale securities.

An example of a foreign currency hedge is a contract for foreign currency options on the Philadelphia Exchange.  On Page C23 of the Wall Street Journal on July 22, 1998, blocks of 62,500 Swiss franc European-style August call options required a payment of 3.58 or $0.0358 per franc plus a strike price of 63 or $0.6300 bringing the total price up to $0.6658 per franc.  Hence, spot price on July 22 was 66.23 or $0.6623 per franc.  Hence, the price need only rise by more than $0.0035 per franc to be in-the-money.  On the Philadelphia Exchange, options on Swiss francs can only be transacted in blocks of 62,500 francs.

It is also possible to buy options on foreign currency futures options.  A futures call option gives the owner the right (but not an obligation) to buy the underlying futures contract at the option contract's strike price.  The Chicago Board of Trade deals in foreign currency futures options.

If the hedged item is a specific portion of an asset/liability (or of a portfolio of similar assets/liabilities), the hedged item is one of the following:

(1) A percentage of the entire asset/liability

(2) One or more selected contractual cash flows

(3) A put option, a call option, an interest rate cap, or an interest rate floor embedded in an existing asset/liability that is not an embedded derivative accounted for separately pursuant to paragraph 12 of the Statement

(4) The residual value in a lessor's net investment in a direct financing or sales-type lease
If the entire asset/liability is an instrument with variable cash flows, the hedged item cannot be deemed to be an implicit fixed-to-variable swap perceived to be embedded in a host contract with fixed cash flows.  (FAS 133 Paragraph 21a(2))

The hedged item is not:

(1) an asset or liability that is remeasured with the changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings (for example, if foreign exchange risk is hedged, a foreign-currency-denominated asset for which a foreign currency transaction gain or loss is recognized in earnings), (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c(1)).  Likewise, paragraph 29d prohibits the following transaction from being designated as the hedged forecasted transaction in a cash flow hedge: the acquisition of an asset or incurrence of a liability that will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.  If the forecasted transaction relates to a recognized asset or liability, the asset or liability is not remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.)

(2) an investment accounted for by the equity method in accordance with the requirements of APB Opinion No. 18.

(3) a minority interest in one or more consolidated subsidiaries.

(4) an equity instrument in a consolidated subsidiary.

(5) a firm commitment either to enter into a business combination or to acquire or dispose of a subsidiary, a minority interest or an equity method investee.

(6) an equity instrument issued by the entity and classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c).

The following cannot be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency hedge:

(a) a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) either in a  fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

(b) the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 in a cash flow hedge
(FAS 133 Paragraph 36).  An available-for-sale equity security can be hedged for changes in the fair value attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates if:

(a) the security is not traded on an exchange on which trades are denominated in the investor's functional currency.
(b) dividends or other cash flows to holders of the security are all denominated in the same foreign currency as the currency expected to be received upon sale of the security (FAS 133 Paragraph 38).

Under Paragraph 42 on Page 26, a financial instrument that may give rise to foreign currency transaction gains or losses under SFAS 52 can be designated as a hedge against a net investment in a foreign operation (e.g., a subsidiary, branch, or joint venture).  However, such hedges are subject to Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52 criteria rather than FAS 133 criteria.  SFAS 52 dictates that that the gain or loss on the hedging instrument recorded in the SFAS 52-defined currency translation adjustment (CTA) cannot be greater than the offsetting CTA that arose by translating the foreign entity's financial statements into the investor's reporting currency.  It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see cash flow hedge.

FAS 138 Makes Compound Hedging Possible

For example, FCD items (e.g., a fixed-rate bond in German marks) is subject to fair value risk both in terms of changes in interest rates (that change the bond prices in German marks) and changes in the FX rates (that change the U.S. dollars needed to pay make interest coupon payments in German marks).  Before being amended, the debtor would first have to hedge interest rates in some way such as with a vanilla swap in which FCD variable interest is received and FCD fixed interest is paid, thereby locking in the combined value (bond + swap value) at a fixed amount in German marks.  Then another derivative contract would have to be entered into to hedge the combined FCD value for FX risk.  For example, a forward contract could be entered into to hedge a downward spiral of the German mark’s value against the dollar.  

After being amended by FAS 138, it is now possible to acquire a single compound derivative to hedge the joint fair value risk of interest rate and FX movements.  One such derivative is a cross currency interest swap (receive fixed interest rate in German marks, pay variable interest rate in US$).  The combined value (bond + swap) will, thereby, remain locked in at a fixed rate.  Of course locking in value must result in creation of cash flow risk.  The amount of US$ needed for each swap payment varies jointly with interest rate and FX movements.

Of course a reverse process can be used to hedge cash flow risk of variable-rate FCD items.  For example, if a variable rate bond is denominated in German marks, it is possible to jointly hedge interest rate and FX cash flow risk by entering into a cross currency interest swap (receive variable interest rate in German marks, pay fixed interest rate in US$).  This will lock in the cash flow in US$, but the combined value (bond + swap) will vary with both interest rate and FX movements.

The FASB provides two FX hedging examples illustrating the FAS 138 Amendments to FAS 133 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/examplespg.html

You can read more about cross-currency swaps at 

Sumitomo Bank Capital Markets’ Definition of a Cross-Currency Swap
      http://www.sbcm.com/currency/currency.htm 

Equity Analytics’ Explanation of a Cross-Currency Swap
      http://www.adtrading.com/glossary/cross.htm 

For an illustration of cross-currency hedging with an interest rate swap, see http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/ADTcross.htm 

 

For an illustration of cross-currency hedging with an interest rate swap, see http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/ADTcross.htm 

DIG Issue H4 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueh4.html 
Statement 133 Implementation Issue
No. H4
Title: Foreign Currency Hedges: Hedging Foreign-Currency Denominated Interest Payments

 

Paragraph references:
21, 29, 37, 40, 540

 

Date cleared by Board: July 28, 1999


QUESTION

May a company treat foreign-currency-denominated fixed-rate interest coupon payments arising from an issuance of foreign-currency-denominated fixed rate debt as (a) an unrecognized firm commitment that may be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency fair value hedge or (b) forecasted transactions that may be designated as hedged transactions in a foreign currency cash flow hedge?

BACKGROUND

A company whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar issues fixed-rate debt denominated in a foreign currency. The debt has a fixed interest coupon that is payable semi-annually in that foreign currency. The company wishes to lock in, in U.S. dollar functional currency terms, the future interest expense that will result from the debt and enters into a derivative instrument to hedge the foreign currency risk of the fixed foreign-currency-denominated interest coupon payments. For example, the company may enter into a foreign currency swap to receive an amount of the foreign currency required to satisfy the coupon obligation in exchange for U.S. dollars at each coupon date, or, alternatively, it may enter into a strip of foreign currency forward contracts that provide for receipt of an amount of foreign currency required to satisfy the interest coupon obligation in exchange for the payment of U.S. dollars at each coupon date.

Paragraph 37 of Statement 133 states:

A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging changes in the fair value of an unrecognized firm commitment, or a specific portion thereof, attributable to foreign currency exchange rates. The designated hedging relationship qualifies for the accounting specified in paragraphs 22-27 if all the fair value hedge criteria in paragraphs 20 and 21 are met. [Footnote reference omitted.]

Paragraph 40 of Statement 133 states, in part:

A derivative instrument designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure to variability in the functional-currency-equivalent cash flows associated with either a forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transaction…or a forecasted intercompany foreign-currency-denominated transaction…qualifies for hedge accounting if all of the following criteria are met:

 

  1. The operating unit that has the foreign currency exposure is a party to the hedging instrument (which can be an instrument between a parent company and its subsidiary—refer to paragraph 36).

     

  2. The hedged transaction is denominated in a currency other than that unit's functional currency.

     

  3. All of the criteria in paragraphs 28 and 29 are met, except for the criterion in paragraph 29(c) that requires that the forecasted transaction be with a party external to the reporting entity.

     

  4. If the hedged transaction is a group of individual forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transactions, a forecasted inflow of a foreign currency and a forecasted outflow of a foreign currency cannot both be included in the same group.

     

Paragraph 540 of Statement 133 includes the following definitions:

Firm commitment

 

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

  1. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.

     

  2. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make performance probable.

     

Forecasted transaction

A transaction that is expected to occur for which there is no firm commitment. Because no transaction or event has yet occurred and the transaction or event when it occurs will be at the prevailing market price, a forecasted transaction does not give an entity any present rights to future benefits or a present obligation for future sacrifices.

RESPONSE

No. A company may not treat foreign-currency-denominated fixed-rate interest coupon payments arising from an issuance of foreign-currency-denominated fixed-rate debt as either (a) an unrecognized firm commitment that may be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency fair value hedge or (b) forecasted transactions that may be designated as hedged transactions in a foreign currency cash flow hedge. The foreign-currency exposure of the future interest payments would not meet Statement 133's definition of an unrecognized firm commitment because the obligation is recognized on the balance sheet—that is, the carrying amount of the foreign-currency-denominated fixed-rate debt incorporates the entity's obligation to make those future interest payments as well as the repayment of principal. In addition, paragraph 21(c) clarifies that if a foreign currency transaction gain or loss is recognized in earnings for a foreign-currency-denominated asset or liability, the prohibition against hedging foreign exchange risk applies to that foreign-currency-denominated asset or liability. Similarly, because the foreign-currency-denominated interest payments relate to a recognized liability that is remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported in current earnings, paragraph 29(d) would not permit those interest payments to be designated as the hedged item in a cash flow hedge. Accordingly, neither paragraph 21(c) nor paragraph 29(d) would permit those interest payments to be designated as the hedged item or the hedged transaction in a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, respectively, of foreign exchange risk.

The above guidance also applies to dual-currency bonds that provide for repayment of principal in the functional currency and periodic interest payments denominated in a foreign currency. FASB Statement No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation, applies to dual-currency bonds and requires the present value of the interest payments denominated in a foreign currency to be remeasured and the transaction gain or loss recognized in earnings. Thus, those interest payments on a dual-currency bond cannot be designated as the hedged item or the hedged transaction in a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, respectively, of foreign exchange risk.

Although hedge accounting, per se, is not permitted, an entity can mitigate its exposure with respect to a foreign-currency-denominated fixed-rate debt instrument for both the risk of changes in market interest rates and the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates. It may obtain (a) a qualifying interest-rate-based derivative to use in a fair value hedge of the changes in the debt's foreign-currency-denominated fair value due to changes in market interest rates (for example, if the debt is fixed-rate debt denominated in British sterling (GBP), the interest rate swap would be a receive-GBP-fixed, pay-GBP-floating swap) and (b) a foreign currency derivative that hedges the change in exchange rates. Statement 133 provides special hedge accounting for the qualifying fair value hedge using the interest-rate-based derivative, but it provides no special accounting for the foreign currency derivative. However, the change in the fair value of the foreign currency derivative (as a non-hedging instrument) would be recognized in earnings pursuant to Statement 133 and the foreign currency transaction gain or loss for the foreign-currency-denominated debt instrument would be recognized in earnings pursuant to Statement 52.

The above response has been authored by the FASB staff and represents the staff’s views, although the Board has discussed the above response at a public meeting and chosen not to object to dissemination of that response. Official positions of the FASB are determined only after extensive due process and deliberation.


 

 

With respect to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 of FAS 133, KPMG notes that if the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are highly correlated.  See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For some complicating factors, however, see equity method.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.   In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.  Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.  See written option.

Foreign currency hedges can be on the basis of after-tax risk.  See tax hedging.

In summary, a derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under SFAS 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation (FAS 133 Paragraph 42).  A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under SFAS 52 can be designated as hedging changes in the fair value of an unrecognized firm commitment, or a specific portion thereof, attributable to foreign currency exchange rates (FAS 133 Paragraph 37).  However, such an instrument cannot be classified as available-for-sale.  A derivative instrument can be designated as hedging the changes in the fair value of an available-for-sale debt security attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  (See FAS 133 Paragraph 38).  Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest rates.  However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
Use of noncash hedging instruments is restricted to exposure to hedges of any risk of gain or loss from changes in foreign currency exchange rates arising in fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

FAS 133
Use of noncash hedging instruments is restricted to exposure to hedges of risk of gain or loss from changes in foreign currency exchange rates arising in firm commitments or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Also see DIG Issue B4 under embedded derivatives.

 

DIG issues at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 
Section H: Foreign Currency Hedges

*Issue H1—Hedging at the Operating Unit Level
(Cleared 02/17/99)
*Issue H2—Requirement That the Operating Unit Must Be a Party to the Hedge
(Cleared 02/17/99)
*Issue H3—Hedging the Entire Fair Value of a Foreign-Currency-Denominated Asset or Liability
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue H4—Hedging Foreign-Currency-Denominated Interest Payments
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue H5—Hedging a Firm Commitment or Fixed-Price Agreement Denominated in a Foreign Currency
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue H6—Accounting for Premium or Discount on a Forward Contract Used as the Hedging Instrument in a Net Investment Hedge
(Cleared 11/23/99)
*Issue H7—Frequency of Designation of Hedged Net Investment
(Cleared 11/23/99)
Issue H8—Measuring the Amount of Ineffectiveness in a Net Investment Hedge
(Released 11/99)
Issue H9—Hedging a Net Investment with a Compound Derivative That Incorporates Exposure to Multiple Risks
(Released 11/99)
Issue H10—Hedging Net Investment with the Combination of a Derivative and a Cash Instrument
(Released 11/99)

Note:  Foreign currency hedging rules changed with the FAS 138 Amendments released on June 15, 2000.

Foreign Currency Transactions =

transactions (for example, sales or purchases of goods or services or loans payable or receivable) whose terms are stated in a currency other than the entity's functional currency. Foreign currency risks are discussed extensively in FAS 133. See for example, Paragraphs 71.

Also see DIG Issue B4 under embedded derivatives.

Foreign Currency Translation =

the process of expressing amounts denominated or measured in one currency in terms of another currency by use of the exchange rate between the two currencies.

Foreign Operation =

an operation whose financial statements are (1) combined or consolidated with or accounted for on an equity basis in the financial statements of the reporting enterprise and (2) prepared in a currency other than the reporting currency of the reporting enterprise.

Forward Contract or Forward Exchange Contract =

an agreement to exchange at a specified future date currencies of different countries at a specified rate (forward rate). An example of a forward contract appears in Example 3 Paragraphs 121-126 beginning on Page 67 of FAS 133. See forward transaction.

Forward Exchange Rate Agreement (FXA) =

a forward contract on exchange rates.  A FXA is a forward contract to buy/sell a notional amount of foreign currency forward at a contracted price.   See forward transaction and forward rate agreement (FRA).

Forward Rate =

the rate quoted today for delivery of a specific currency amount at a specific exchange rate on a specific future date.

Forward Rate Agreement (FRA) =

a forward contract on interest rates.   Loan principals are not exchanged and are used only as notionals to establish forward contract settlements.  These are customized contracts that allow borrowers to hedge future borrowing rates on anticipated loans in the future.  FRA contracts can also be purchased in foreign currencies, thereby affecting currency exchange and interest rate risk management strategies.  See forward transaction and forward exchange rate agreement (FXA).

Forward Transaction or Forward Contract =

an agreement to deliver cash, foreign currency, or some other item at a contracted date in the future. The key distinction between futures versus forward contracts is that forward contracts are customized and are not traded in organized markets. Unlike with futures contracts, it is very simple to specify exact terms such as the exact notional amount and rate to be applied. In the case of a futures contract, it may be difficult or impossible to find the needed combinations traded in markets. However, since forward contracts are not traded in markets, their value is often very difficult to estimate.

Since forward contracts are individually contracted, often through third party investment banks or brokers, the transactions costs of a forward contract can be high relative to futures contracts. Matters of settlement assurances must be contracted since they do not carry the settlement guarantees of futures contracts.

See FAS 133 Paragraphs 59a, 93, and 100. An example of a forward contract in FAS 133 appears in Example 3 Paragraphs 121-126 and Example 10 Paragraphs 165-172.

By way of illustration, currency trading on July 22, 1998 showed the following exchange selling rates among banks in amounts of $1 million or more:

Wall Street Journal, 07/22/98, Page C23

U.S. $ Equivalent

Currency per U.S. $

Britain (Pound) Spot

1.6435

.6085

     1-month  forward

1.6408

.6095

    3-months forward

1.6352

.6115

    6-months forward

1.6271

.6146

Canada (Dollar) Spot

.6702

1.4921

     1-month  forward

.6706

1.4911

    3-months forward

.6712

1.4898

    6-months forward

.6720

1.4882

For example, the spot rate is such that in $1 million trades or higher, each British pound exchanges into $1.6435 U.S. dollars.  However, a forward exchange contract reduces that amount to $1.6271 if settled in six months.  In practice, forward contracts are tailor-made for the length or time and amounts to be exchanged.  The above rates serve only as guidelines for negotiation.  See futures contract.

FAS 133 leaves out the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting and, thereby,  excluded forward contracts for regular-way security trades from the scope of FAS 133 (See Appendix C Paragraph 274).

See DIG Issue A1 under derivative financial instrument.
See DIG Issues A2 and A3 under net settlement.

Functional Currency =

the primary currency in which an entity conducts its operation and generates and expends cash. It is usually the currency of the country in which the entity is located and the currency in which the books of record are maintained.  See translation adjustment.

Futures Contract =

an exchange-traded contract between a buyer or seller and the clearinghouse of a futures exchange to buy or sell a standard quantity and quality of a commodity, financial instrument, or index at a specified future date and price. Futures contracts commonly require daily settlement payments (known as the variation margin) for changes in the market price of the contract and often permit or require a final net cash settlement, rather than an actual purchase or sale of the underlying asset. Not all futures contracts are financial instruments derivatives. Futures on commodities, for example, are not necessarily financial instruments related unless qualifying as hedges of anticipated transactions.

By way of illustration, futures trading on July 29, 1998 showed the following exchange futures contract prices per stipulated contract amounts:

Wall Street Journal, 07/22/98, Page C20

U.S. $ Settlement

Contract Amounts

Britain (Pound) Spot

1.6435

     September 98 futures contract

1.6384

62,500 British Pounds

     December  98 futures contract

1.6308

62,500 British Pounds

     July 99 futures contract

1.6162

62,500 British Pounds

Canada (Dollar) Spot

.6702

     September 98 futures contract

.6710

100,000 Canadian Dollars

     December  98 futures contract

.6719

100,000 Canadian Dollars

     March 99 futures contract

.6728

100,000 Canadian Dollars

For example, each 62,500 British pound contract for July 99 will settle at $1.6162 per pound.   Unlike forward contracts, the futures contracts are not customized for maturities or amounts. 

Futures contracts are typically purchased through margin accounts at brokerage firms.   Margin accounts allow for high leveraging due to the fact that only a small percentage (e.g. 10%) of each contract need be held in cash in the account.  Price movements upward are settled daily and contract holders can cash out those gains each day in advance of the contract maturities.  Similarly, price movements downward are charged to the margin account daily such that at some point investors may be required to add more cash to bring the margin account balances up to minimum balances.  Example 7 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 144-152 simplifies the illustration of 20 futures contracts on corn by not illustrating margin account trading.  In my Excel tutorial of Example 7, however, I added margin account illustrations.  Example 11 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 173-177 illustrate hedging with pork belly futures contracts.

There are many types of futures contracts ranging from orange juice to cotton and interest rates.  For example, interest rate futures may be purchased to hedge future borrowing rates, interest rate strip contracts, and variable rate loans.  They may also be speculations.  Futures contracts are traded in block amounts such as $100,000 each for interest rate futures on U.S. Treasury notes. Trading markets may be very thin (in terms of numbers of traders and frequency of trades) for certain types of futures contracts.

Parties include the buyer, seller, and the clearinghouse of a futures exchange.   The contract is to  buy or sell a standard quantity and quality of a commodity, financial instrument, or index at a specified future date and price. Futures contracts commonly require daily settlement payments (known as the variation margin) for changes in the market price of the contract and often permit or require a final net cash settlement, rather than an actual purchase or sale of the underlying asset. Futures contracts are discussed at various points in FAS 133. See for example Paragraphs 73-77.  See forward transaction and foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 64 on Page 45 of FAS 133 describes a futures contract "tailing strategy."  Such a strategy entails adjusting the size or contract amount of the hedge so that cash from reinvestment of daily settlements (recall that futures price changes are settled daily in margin accounts)  do not distort the hedge effectiveness with reinvestment gains and losses.

Yahoo Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread use of futures contracts.  That web site, however, will not help much with respect ot accounting for such instruments under FAS 133.

FX = See Foreign Exchange Contract

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

G-Terms

Gearing = see leverage.

Gold-Linked Bull Note =

a note with interest rates indexed to upward movements in gold prices.  This is a leveraged form of investment in gold.  It can be viewed as an equivalent of a series of embedded options indexed on on gold price movements.  The derivatives are required to be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of FAS 133.  The underlying is the price of gold and the notional is the note's principal amount.  There is usually little or no premium and gold is actively traded in commodity markets such that conversion to cash is quick and easy.  The price of gold is not deemed to be clearly-and-closely related to any fixed-rate notes.  An example of a gold-linked bull note is provided beginning in Paragraph 188 on Page 98 of FAS 133.

Group of Thirty =

a private and independent, nonprofit body that examines financial issues, In its July 1993 study Derivatives: Practices and Principles, the Group of Thirty called for disclosure of information about management's attitude toward financial risks, how derivatives are used and how risks are controlled, accounting policies, management's analysis of positions at the balance sheet date and the credit risk inherent in those positions, and, for dealers, additional information about the extent of activities in derivatives. Derivatives also were the subject of major studies prepared by several federal agencies, all of which cited the need for improvements in financial reporting for derivatives.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

H-Terms

Hard Currency

a currency actively traded and easily converted to other currencies on world markets.

Hedge =

a transaction entered into to manage (usually reduce) risk exposure to interest rate movements, foreign currency exchange rate variations, or most any other contractual exposure. The classic example is when a company has a contract to pay or receive foreign currency in the future. A foreign currency hedge can lock in the amount such that fluctuations in exchange rates will not give rise to exchange rate gains or losses. An effective hedge is one in which there is no gain or loss. An ineffective hedge may give rise to risk of some gain or loss. Effective and ineffective hedges are discussed at various points in FAS 133. See, for example, major sections in Paragraphs 17-28, 62-103, 351-383, and 374-383.  See dedesignation. and ineffectiveness.

The subject of "clearly-and-closely related" is taken up in FAS 133, Pages 150-153, Paragraphs 304-311 and again in Paragraphs 443-450.. The closely-related criterion is illustrated in Paragraphs 176-177. Also the FASB reversed its position on compound derivatives.   Example 11 in Paragraphs 176-177 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.

See cash flow hedge, compound derivatives, derecognition, dedesignation., fair value hedge, hedge accounting, open position, tax hedging, and foreign currency hedge.

Click here to view Professor Linsmeier's commentary on hedging.

Hedge Accounting =

accounting treatment that allows gains and losses on hedging instruments such as forward contracts and derivatives to be deferred and recognized when the offsetting gain or loss on the item being hedged is recognized. Criteria for qualifying as a hedge are discussed in FAS 133 Paragraphs 9-42, 384-431, 432-457,, 458-473, and 488-494. Derivatives qualifying as hedges must continue to meet hedging criteria for the term of the contracts. Impairment tests are discussed in Paragraphs 27 on Page 17 and 31-35 on Page 22 of FAS 133.   A nonderivative instrument, such as a Treasury note, shall not be designated as a hedging instrument for a cash flow hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 28d).  See cash flow hedge, compound derivatives, disclosure, fair value hedge, hedge,  ineffectiveness, and foreign currency hedge.  Especially note the term disclosure.

Derivatives that are covered by FAS 133 accounting rules must remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date.  Paragraph 18 on Page 10 of FAS 133 outlines how to account gains and losses on derivative financial instruments designated for FAS 133 accounting.  The FASB requires that an entity use that defined method consistently throughout the hedge period (a) to assess at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis whether it expects the hedging relationship to be highly effective in achieving offset and (b) to measure the ineffective part of the hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 62).  If the entity identifies an improved method and wants to apply that method prospectively, it must discontinue the existing hedging relationship and designate the relationship anew
(FAS 133 Paragraph 62).

An individual item (specific identification) hedge is a hedge against a particular underlying, e.g, a foreign currency hedge or fair value hedge against a firm commitment to purchase a machine such as in Example 1 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 104-110, 432-435, 458, Example 3 in Paragraphs 121-126, and Example 4 in Paragraphs 127-129. Also see Paragraph 447 on Page 197. A macro hedge is one in which a group of items or transactions is hedged by one or multiple derivative contracts. There is a gray zone between an individual item versus a macro hedge. Although portfolio (macro) hedging is common in finance, FAS 133 and IAS 39 prohibit most macro hedges. Reasoning is given in Paragraphs 21a and 357-361 of FAS 133.  The hedge must relate to a specific identified and designated risk, and not merely to overall enterprise business risks, and must ultimately affect the enterprise's net profit or loss (IAS 39 Paragraph 149).  If similar assets or similar liabilities are aggregated and hedged as a group, the individual assets or individual liabilities in the group will share the risk exposure for which they are designated as being hedged.  Further, the change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk for each individual item in the group will be expected to be approximately proportional to the overall change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the group (IAS Paragraph 132).  Under international rules, the hedged item can be (a) a single asset, liability, firm commitment, or forecasted transaction or (b) a group of assets, liabilities, firm commitments, or forecasted transactions with similar risk characteristics (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).

Example:  Example: if the change in fair value of a hedged portfolio attributable to the hedged risk was 10% during a reporting period, the change in the fair values attributable to the hedged risk for each item constituting the portfolio should be expected to be within a range of 9-11%.  In contrast, an expectation that the change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk for individual items in the portfolio would range from 7-13% would be inconsistent with this provision (SFAS Paragraph 21a(1)).

If the hedged item is a financial asset or liability, a recognized loan servicing right, or a nonfinancial firm commitment with financial components, the designated risk being hedged is (1) the risk of changes in the overall fair value of the entire hedged item, (2) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market interest rates, (3) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the related foreign currency exchange rates (refer to FAS 133 Paragraphs 37 and 38), or (4) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness.  One controversial issue of frustration to companies is the inability to only hedge against the risk-free interest rate portion of a note. The FASB reversed its original position on treasury locks.  See Benchmark Interest

QUESTION (In DIG Issue E1)

In a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge) where the hedged risk is the change in the fair value (or variability in cash flows) attributable to market interest rates, may the changes in fair value (or variability in cash flows) attributable to changes in the risk-free interest rate be designated as the hedged risk and be the sole focus of the assessment of hedge effectiveness?

RESPONSE (of the DIG_

No. Changes in the fair value (or variability in cash flows) attributable to changes in only the risk-free rate cannot be designated as the hedged risk in a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge). Paragraphs 21(f) and 29(h) of Statement 133 permit the designated risk in a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge) to be one of the following: (1) risk of changes in the overall fair value (or cash flows) of the entire hedged item, (2) risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) attributable to changes in market interest rates, (3) risk of changes in the fair value (or functional-currency-equivalent cash flows) due to changes in foreign currency rates, or (4) risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) due to changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness. The term credit risk in paragraph 21(f) is used to refer only to the risk of changes in fair value attributable to changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness, which can be measured by changes in the individual company’s credit rating.

The risk of changes in fair value (or cash flows) due to changes in market interest rates encompasses the risk of changes in credit spreads over the base Treasury rate for different classes of credit ratings. Therefore, if market interest rate risk is designated as the risk being hedged in either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, that hedge encompasses both changes in the risk-free rate of interest and changes in credit spreads over the base Treasury rate for the company’s particular credit sector (that is, the grouping of entities that share the same credit rating). The risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) attributable to changes in the risk-free rate of interest is a subcomponent of market interest rate risk. Statement 133 does not permit designation of a risk that is a subcomponent of any of the four risks identified in paragraphs 21(f) and 29(h) in Statement 133 as the risk being hedged. An entity may designate a contract based on the base Treasury rate (for example, a Treasury note futures contract) as a cross-hedge of the forecasted issuance of corporate debt. However, hedge ineffectiveness may occur to the extent that credit sector spreads change during the hedge period. As a result, in designing a hedging relationship using a contract based on the base Treasury rate as a cross-hedge, the risk of changes in credit sector spreads should be considered in designating the hedged risk.

The FASB listened to complaints about treasury lock hedging and proposed allowing treasury locks Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (Proposed Statement of Financial Accounting Standards) March 3, 2000.
See "Benchmark Interest Rates" at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#Benchmark

In IAS 39 Paragraph 128, the IASC took a more conciliatory position.  If a hedged item is a financial asset or liability, it may be a hedged item with respect to the risks associated with only a portion of its cash flows or fair value, if effectiveness can be measured.  This conciliatory position does not hold for nonfinancial assets and liabilities according to IAS 39 Paragraph 129.

If the risk designated as being hedged is not the risk of changes in overall fair value of the entire hedged item, two or more of the other risks (market interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange risk, and credit risk) may simultaneously be designated as being hedged under FAS 133 Paragraph 21f.  In IAS 39 Paragraph 131, the IASC took a more conciliatory position when overall fair value risk is an issue.  A single hedging instrument may be designated as a hedge of more than one type of risk provided that: (a) the risks hedged can be clearly identified, (b) the effectiveness of the hedge can be demonstrated, and (c) it is possible to ensure that there is a specific designation of the hedging instrument and the different risk positions.

The subject of "clearly-and-closely related" is taken up in FAS 133, Pages 150-153, Paragraphs 304-311 and again in Paragraphs 443-450.. The closely-related criterion is illustrated in Paragraphs 176-177. Also the FASB reversed its position on compound derivatives.   Example 11 in Paragraphs 176-177 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.

If a hedged item is a nonfinancial asset or liability, it should be designated as a hedged item either (a) for foreign currency risks or (b) in its entirety for all risks according to IAS 39 Paragraph 129. If the hedged item is a nonfinancial asset or liability (other than a recognized loan servicing right or a nonfinancial firm commitment with financial components), the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the entire hedged asset or liability (reflecting its actual location if a physical asset).   The price risk of a similar asset in a different location or of a major ingredient may not be the hedged risk (FAS 133 Paragraph 21e).

If the hedged item is a specific portion of an asset/liability (or of a portfolio of similar assets/liabilities), the hedged item is one of the following:

(1) A percentage of the entire asset/liability

(2) One or more selected contractual cash flows

(3) A put option, a call option, an interest rate cap, or an interest rate floor embedded in an existing asset/liability that is not an embedded derivative accounted for separately pursuant to paragraph 12 of the Statement

(4) The residual value in a lessor's net investment in a direct financing or sales-type lease
If the entire asset/liability is an instrument with variable cash flows, the hedged item cannot be deemed to be an implicit fixed-to-variable swap perceived to be embedded in a host contract with fixed cash flows.  (FAS 133 Paragraph 21a(2))

The hedged item is not:

(1) an asset or liability that is remeasured with the changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings (for example, if foreign exchange risk is hedged, a foreign-currency-denominated asset for which a foreign currency transaction gain or loss is recognized in earnings), (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c(1)).  Likewise, paragraph 29d prohibits the following transaction from being designated as the hedged forecasted transaction in a cash flow hedge: the acquisition of an asset or incurrence of a liability that will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.  If the forecasted transaction relates to a recognized asset or liability, the asset or liability is not remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.)

(2) an investment accounted for by the equity method in accordance with the requirements of APB Opinion No. 18.

(3) a minority interest in one or more consolidated subsidiaries.

(4) an equity instrument in a consolidated subsidiary.

(5) a firm commitment either to enter into a business combination or to acquire or dispose of a subsidiary, a minority interest or an equity method investee.

(6) an equity instrument issued by the entity and classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c).

The following cannot be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency hedge:

(a) a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) either in a  fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

(b) the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 in a cash flow hedge
(FAS 133 Paragraph 36).  An available-for-sale equity security can be hedged for changes in the fair value attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates if:

(a) the security is not traded on an exchange on which trades are denominated in the investor's functional currency.
(b) dividends or other cash flows to holders of the security are all denominated in the same foreign currency as the currency expected to be received upon sale of the security (FAS 133 Paragraph 38).

A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(IAS 39 Paragraph 124).  A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure from changes in fair values or cash flows (IAS 39 Paragraph 124). 
Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c or 28c).

Whereas unrealized fair value hedge gains and losses are accounted for in current earnings, cash flow hedge gains and losses may be deferred in comprehensive income until derecognition, derecognition, or impairment arise.   Impairment in meeting hedge criteria are discussed in Paragraphs 27, 32, 34-35, 208, 144-152, 447-448, and 495-498.  

Related to impairment are dedesignation., derecognition, and ineffectiveness tests.  Impairment tests are discussed in Paragraphs 31-35 on beginning on Page 22 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 31 requires that, in the case of forecasted net losses of a combined hedged item and its hedging instrument, accumulated losses in comprehensive income be transferred to current earnings to the extent of the anticipated settlement loss.  

Paragraph 32 beginning on Page 22 of FAS 133 outlines conditions for discontinuance of hedge accounting and reclassification requirements.  Nothing is said about where reclassifications are to be shown in the income statement.  KPMG argues that these should appear in the operating income section.  See Example 1 on Page 344 of of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Under international standards, IAS 39 has similar impairment provisions.  If there is objective evidence of impairment, and the loss on a financial asset carried at fair value has been recognized directly in equity in accordance with IAS 39 Paragraph 103b.  The cumulative net loss that had been recognized directly in equity should be removed from equity and recognized in earnings for the period even though the financial asset has not been derecognized (see IAS 39 Paragraph 117).  The amount of the loss that should be removed from equity and reported in earnings is the difference between its acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment and amortization) and current fair value (for equity instruments) or recoverable amount (for debt instruments), less any impairment loss on that asset previously recognized in earnings.  The recoverable amount of a debt instrument remeasured to fair value is the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of interest for a similar financial asset (See IAS 39 Paragraph 118).  If, in a subsequent period, the fair value or recoverable amount of the financial asset carried at fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the loss was recognized in earnings, the loss should be reversed, with the amount of the reversal included in earnings for the period (See IAS 39 Paragraph 119).

Fair value hedges are accounted for in a similar manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39.  Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm (emphasis added):

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Definition
a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).

However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow hedge

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
To the extent that the hedge is effective, the gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised immediately in net profit or loss. At the same time, the corresponding gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item and is recognised immediately in net profit or loss.

 

FAS 133 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
Same as IAS 39

...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.


SFAS Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
Same as IAS 39

a. The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value should be recognized immediately in earnings; and

b. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk should adjust the carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognized immediately in earnings.

c. This applies even if a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized directly  in equity under paragraph 103b.  It also applies if the hedged item is otherwise measured at cost. 
(IAS 39 Paragraph 153)
See IAS 39 Paragraph 154 for an example
.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for in a similar manner but not identical manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39 (other than the fact that none of the IAS 39 standards define comprehensive income or require that changes in fair value not yet posted to current earnings be classified under comprehensive income in the equity section of a balance sheet):

To the extent that the cash flow hedge is effective, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized initially in equity. Subsequently, that amount is included in net profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged item affects net profit or loss (for example, through cost of sales, depreciation, or amortization).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm (emphasis added):

IAS 39 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will adjust the basis (carrying amount) of the acquired asset or liability. The gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability is subsequently included in net profit or loss when the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised).

FAS 133 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will remain in equity when the asset or liability is acquired. That gain or loss will subsequently included in net profit or loss in the same period as the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised). Thus, net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under FASB.

With respect to net investment un a foreign entity, Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm:

IAS 39 Hedge of a 
Net Investment in a Foreign Entity

accounted for same as a cash flow hedge.

FAS 133 Hedge of a 
Net Investment in a Foreign Entity
:  
Same as in IAS 39

 

IAS 39
For those financial assets and liabilities that are remeasured to fair value, an enterprise has a single, enterprise-wide option to either:

(a) recognise the entire adjustment in net profit or loss for the period; or

(b) recognise in net profit or loss for the period only those changes in fair value relating to financial assets and liabilities held for trading, with value changes in non-trading items reported in equity until the financial asset is sold, at which time the realised gain or loss is reported in net profit or loss.


FAS 133
FASB requires option (b) for all enterprises.

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity =

is one of three classifications of securities investments under SFAS 115.  Securities designated as "held-to-maturity" need not be revalued for changes in market value and are maintained at historical cost-based book value.  Securities not deemed as being held-to-maturity securities are adjusted for changes in fair value.  Whether or not the unrealized holding gains or losses affect net income depends upon whether these are classified as trading securities versus available-for-sale securities.   Holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are deferred in comprehensive income instead of being posted to current earnings.  The three classifications are of vital importance to cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133.

The distinction is important under FAS 133, because held-to-maturity securities need not be revalued in interim periods with unrealized gains and losses going to current earnings (for trading investments) or comprehensive income (for available-for-sale investments).   The FASB clung to its disallowance of either cash flow or fair value hedge accounting under FAS 133 for held-to-maturity investments.

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  Suppose a firm has a forecasted transaction to purchase a held-to-maturity bond investment denominated in a foreign currency. Under SFAS 115, the bond will eventually, after the bond purchase, be adjusted to fair value on each reporting date. As a result, any hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure to cash flows cannot receive favorable cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133 rules (as is illustrated in Example 6 beginning on Page 265 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998. Before the bond is purchased, its forecasted transaction is not allowed to be a cash flow hedged item under Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133 since, upon execution of the transaction, the bond "will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value. Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.  Similar international rulings apply under IAS 39.  Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest rates.  However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).

FAS 133 Paragraph 21d reads as follows:

If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness or if the hedged item is an option component of a held-to- maturity security that permits its prepayment, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the entire fair value of that option component. (The designated hedged risk for a held-to-maturity security may not be the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market interest rates or foreign exchange rates. If the hedged item is other than an option component that permits its prepayment, the designated hedged risk also may not be the risk of changes in its overall fair value.)

Paragraph 428 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133 reads as follows (where the "Board" is the FASB:

The Board continues to believe that providing hedge accounting for a held-to- maturity security conflicts with the notion underlying the held-to-maturity classification in Statement 115 if the risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the entire hedged item or is otherwise related to interest rate risk. The Board believes an entity's decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity implies that future decisions about continuing to hold that security will not be affected by changes in market interest rates. The decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity is consistent with the view that a change in fair value or cash flow stemming from a change in market interest rates is not relevant for that security. In addition, fair value hedge accounting effectively alters the traditional income recognition pattern for that debt security by accelerating gains and losses on the security during the term of the hedge into earnings, with subsequent amortization of the related premium or discount over the period until maturity. That accounting changes the measurement attribute of the security away from amortized historical cost. The Board also notes that the rollover of a shorter term liability that funds a held-to-maturity security may be eligible for hedge accounting. The Board therefore decided to prohibit both a fixed-rate held-to- maturity debt security from being designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the variable interest receipts on a variable-rate held-to-maturity security from being designated as hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge if the risk being hedged includes changes in market interest rates.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
If an enterprise is prohibited from classifying financial assets as held-to-maturity because it has actually sold some such assets before maturity, that prohibition expires at the end of the second financial year following the premature sales.

FAS 133
FASB standard is silent as to whether or when such "tainting" is ever cured.

 

Historical Rate =

the foreign-exchange rate that prevailed when a foreign-currency asset or liability was first acquired or incurred.

Hybrid Contract

financial instrument that possesses, in varying combinations, characteristics of forward contracts, futures contracts, option contracts, debt instruments, bank depository interests, and other interests.  See embedded derivatives.

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

I-Terms

IAS 39 = see International Accounting Standards Committee

IASC = see International Accounting Standards Committee

IFAC = see International Federation of Accountants Committee.

Impairment = see hedge accounting.

Index (Indices) =

is a term used in FAS 133 to usually refer to the underlying (e.g a commodity price, LIBOR, or a foreign currency exchange rate) of a derivative contract.  By "indexed" it is meant that an uncertain economic event that is measured by an economic index (e.g., a credit rating index, commodity price index, convertible debt, equity index, or inflation index) defined in the contract.  An equity index might be defined as a particular index derived from common stock price movements such as the Dow Industrial Index or the Standard and Poors 500 Index.   FAS 133 explicitly does not allow some indices such as natural indices (e.g., average rainfall) and contingency consideration indices (e.g., lawsuit outcomes, sales levels, and contingent rentals) under Paragraphs 11c and 61)

Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of FAS 133 mentions that the FASB considered expanding the underlying to include all derivatives based on physical variables such as rainfall levels, sports scores, physical condition of an asset, etc., but this was rejected unless the derivative itself is exchange traded.  For example, a swap payment based upon a football score is not subject to FAS 133 rules.  An option that pays damages based upon the bushels of corn damaged by hail is subject to insurance accounting rules (SFAS 60) rather than FAS 133.  A option or swap payment based upon market prices or interest rates must be accounted for by FAS 133 rules.  However, if derivative itself is exchange traded, then it is covered by FAS 133 even if it is based on a physical variable that becomes exchange traded.   See  derivative, inflation indexed, LIBOR,  and underlyingUnlike FAS 133, IAS 39 makes explicit reference also to an insurance index or catastrophe loss index and a climatic or geological condition.

The following Section c in Paragraph 65 on Page 45 of FAS 133 is of interest with respect to a premium paid for a forward or futures contract:

c. Either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in earnings pursuant to Paragraph 63 or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.

KPMG notes that if the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are highly correlated.  See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

See DIG Issue B10 under embedded derivatives.

See equity-indexed and index amortizing.

Index-Amortizing =

a changing interest rate based upon some index such as LIBOR.  For example, an index-amortizing interest rate swap cannot usually be accounted for as a derivative instrument (pursuant to FAS 133 under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133) when it is a derivative embedded in another derivative.  Suppose a company swaps a variable rate for a fixed rate on a notional of $10 million.  If an embedded derivative in the contract changes the notional to $8 million if LIBOR falls below 6% and $12 million if LIBOR rises above 8%, this index-amortizing embedded derivative cannot be separated under Paragraph 12 rules.  KPMG states that Paragraph 12 applies only "when a derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument and illustrates this with an index-amortizing Example 29 beginning on Page 75 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.    The prior Example 28 and the subsequent Example 30 illustrate index-amortizing embedded derivatives that qualifies since, in each example, the derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument.  See equity-indexed.

Ineffectiveness =

the degree ex ante to which a hedge fails to meet its goals in protecting against risk (i.e., degree to which the hedge fails to perfectly offset underlying value changes or forecasted transaction prices.)  According to Paragraphs 20 on Page 11 and 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133, ineffectiveness is to be defined ex ante at the time the hedge is undertaken. Hedging strategy and ineffectiveness definition with respect to a given hedge defines the extent to which interim adjustments affect interim earnings. Hedge effectiveness requirements and accounting are summarized in Paragraphs 62-103 beginning on Page 44 of FAS 133. An illustration of intrinsic value versus time value accounting is given in Example 9 of FAS 133, Pages 84-86, Paragraphs 162-164. In Example 9, the definition of ineffectiveness in terms of changes in intrinsic value of a call option results in changes in intrinsic value each period being posted to other comprehensive income rather than earnings. In Examples 1-8 in Paragraphs 104-161, designations as to fair value versus cash flow hedging affects the journal entries. 

One means of documenting hedge effectiveness is to compare the cumulative dollar offset defined as the cumulative value over a succession of periods (e.g., quarters) in which the cumulative gains and losses of the derivative instrument are compared with the cumulative gains and losses in value of the hedged item.  n assessing the effectiveness of a hedge, an enterprise will generally need to consider the time value of money according to FAS 133 Paragraph 64 and IAS 39 Paragraph 152.

Neither the FASB nor the IASC specify a single method for either assessing whether a hedge is expected to be highly effective or measuring hedge ineffectiveness.  Tests of hedge effectiveness should be conducted at least quarterly and on financial statement dates.  The appropriateness of a given method can depend on the nature of the risk being hedged and the type of hedging instrument used.  See FAS 133 Appendix A, Paragraph 62 and IAS 39 Paragraph 151.  

Paragraph 63 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

In defining how hedge effectiveness will be assessed, an entity must specify whether it will include in that assessment all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument. This Statement permits (but does not require) an entity to exclude all or a part of the hedging instrument's time value from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, as follows:

a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Paragraph 69 of FAS 133 reads as follows [also see (IAS 39 Paragraph 152)]:

The fixed rate on a hedged item need not exactly match the fixed rate on a swap designated as a fair value hedge. Nor does the variable rate on an interest-bearing asset or liability need to be the same as the variable rate on a swap designated as a cash flow hedge. A swap's fair value comes from its net settlements. The fixed and variable rates on a swap can be changed without affecting the net settlement if both are changed by the same amount. That is, a swap with a payment based on LIBOR and a receipt based on a fixed rate of 5 percent has the same net settlements and fair value as a swap with a payment based on LIBOR plus 1 percent and a receipt based on a fixed rate of 6 percent.

Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

The following Section c in Paragraph 65 on Page 45 is of interest with respect to a premium paid for a forward or futures contract:

c. Either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in earnings pursuant to Paragraph 63 or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.

Delta ratio D
range [.80 < D < 1.25] or [80% < D% < 125%]     
(FAS 133 Paragraph 85)
Delta-neutral strategies are discussed at various points (e.g., FAS 133 Paragraphs 85, 86, 87, and 89)

A hedge is normally regarded as highly effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a range of 80-125% (SFAS 39 Paragraph 146).  The FASB requires that an entity define at the time it designates a hedging relationship the method it will use to assess the hedge's effectiveness in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or offsetting cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged (FAS 133 Paragraph 62).  In defining how hedge effectiveness will be assessed, an entity must specify whether it will include in that assessment all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument.  The Statement permits (but does not require) an entity to exclude all or a part of the hedging instrument's time value from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. (FAS 133 Paragraph 63).

Hedge ineffectiveness would result from the following circumstances, among others:

a) difference between the basis of the hedging instrument and the hedged item or hedged transaction, to the extent that those bases do not move in tandem.

b) differences in critical terms of the hedging instrument and hedged item or hedged transaction, such as differences in notional amounts, maturities, quantity, location, or delivery dates.

c) part of the change in the fair value of a derivative is attributable to a change in the counterparty's creditworthiness (FAS 133 Paragraph 66).

The method an enterprise adopts for assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy.  In some cases, an enterprise will adopt different methods for different types of hedges.  For instance, an interest rate swap is likely to be an effective hedge if the notional and principal amounts, term, repricing dates, dates of interest and principal receipts and payments, and basis for measuring interest rates are the same for the hedging instrument and the hedge item (IAS 39 Paragraph 147) Sometimes the hedging instrument will offset the hedged risk only partially.  For instance, a hedge would not be fully effective if the hedging instrument and hedged item are denominated in different currencies and the two do not move in tandem.
(IAS 39 Paragraph 148).

Especially note the section of Short-Cut Method for Interest Rate Swaps.

See further paragraphs 73-103 for illustrations of assessing effectiveness and measuring ineffectiveness:

Example 1: Fair Value Hedge of Natural Gas Inventory with Futures Contracts (FAS 133 Paragraphs 73-77)

Example 2: Fair Value Hedge of Tire Inventory with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 78-80)

Example 3: Fair Value Hedge of Growing Wheat with Futures Contracts
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 81-84)

Example 4: Fair Value Hedge of Equity Securities with Option Contracts
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 85-87)

Example 5: Fair Value Hedge of a Treasury Bond with a Put Option Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 88-90)

Example 6: Fair Value Hedge of an Embedded Purchased Option with a Written Option
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 91-92)

Example 7: Cash Flow Hedge of a Forecasted Purchase of Inventory with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 93-97)

Example 8: Cash Flow Hedge with a Basis Swap
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 98-99)

Example 9: Cash Flow Hedge of Forecasted Sale with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 100-101)

Example 10: Attempted Hedge of a Forecasted Sale with a Written Call Option
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 102-103)

DIG Issue E7 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuee7.html 

Title: Hedging—General: Methodologies to Assess Effectiveness of Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges

Paragraph references:  20(b), 22, 28(b), 62, 86, 87

Date released: November 1999

QUESTION

Since Statement 133 provides an entity with flexibility in choosing the method it will use in assessing hedge effectiveness, must an entity use a dollar-offset approach in assessing effectiveness?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 20(b) of Statement 133 states, in part:

Both at inception of the [fair value] hedge and on an ongoing basis, the hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk during the period that the hedge is designated. An assessment of effectiveness is required whenever financial statements or earnings are reported, and at least every three months. Paragraph 28(b) indicates a similar requirement that the hedging relationship be expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period that the hedge is designated.

Paragraph 22 of Statement 133 states, in part:

The measurement of hedge ineffectiveness for a particular hedging relationship shall be consistent with the entity’s risk management strategy and the method of assessing hedge effectiveness that was documented at the inception of the hedging relationship, as discussed in paragraph 20(a). Nevertheless, the amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in earnings is based on the extent to which exact offset is not achieved. Paragraph 62 emphasizes that each entity must "define at the time it designates a hedging relationship the method it will use to assess the hedge’s effectiveness in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or offsetting cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged." It also states, "This Statement does not specify a single method for either assessing whether a hedge is expected to be highly effective or measuring hedge ineffectiveness."

RESPONSE

No. Statement 133 requires an entity to consider hedge effectiveness in two different ways-in prospective considerations and in retrospective evaluations.

Prospective considerations. Upon designation of a hedging relationship (as well as on an ongoing basis), the entity must be able to justify an expectation that the relationship will be highly effective over future periods in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows. That expectation, which is forward-looking, can be based upon regression or other statistical analysis of past changes in fair values or cash flows as well as on other relevant information.

Retrospective evaluations. At least quarterly, the hedging entity must determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows through the date of the periodic assessment. That assessment can be based upon regression or other statistical analysis of past changes in fair values or cash flows as well as on other relevant information. If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to utilize the same regression analysis approach for both prospective considerations and retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness, then during the term of that hedging relationship those regression analysis calculations should generally incorporate the same number of data points. Electing to utilize a regression or other statistical analysis approach instead of a dollar-offset approach to perform retrospective evaluations of assessing hedge effectiveness may affect whether an entity can apply hedge accounting for the current assessment period as discussed below.

Paragraph 62 requires that at the time an entity designates a hedging relationship, it must define and document the method it will use to assess the hedge’s effectiveness. That paragraph also states that ordinarily "an entity should assess effectiveness for similar hedges in a similar manner; use of different methods for similar hedges should be justified." Furthermore, it requires that an entity use that defined and documented methodology consistently throughout the period of the hedge. If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to utilize a regression analysis approach for prospective considerations of assessing effectiveness and the dollar-offset method to perform retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness, then that entity must abide by the results of that methodology as long as that hedging relationship remains designated. Thus, in its retrospective evaluation, an entity might conclude that, under a dollar-offset approach, a designated hedging relationship does not qualify for hedge accounting for the period just ended, but that the hedging relationship may continue because, under a regression analysis approach, there is an expectation that the relationship will be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows in future periods. In its retrospective evaluation, if that entity concludes that, under a dollar-offset approach, the hedging relationship has not been highly effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows, hedge accounting may not be applied in the current period. Whenever a hedging relationship fails to qualify for hedge accounting in a certain assessment period, the overall change in fair value of the derivative for that current period is recognized in earnings (not reported in other comprehensive income for a cash flow hedge) and the change in fair value of the hedged item would not be recognized in earnings for that period (for a fair value hedge).

If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to utilize a regression analysis (or other statistical analysis) approach for either prospective considerations or retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness, then that entity must periodically update its regression analysis (or other statistical analysis). For example, if there is significant ineffectiveness measured and recognized in earnings for a hedging relationship, which is calculated each assessment period, the regression analysis should be rerun to determine whether the expectation of high effectiveness is still valid. As long as an entity reruns its regression analysis and determines that the hedging relationship is still expected to be highly effective, then it can continue to apply hedge accounting without interruption.

In all instances, the actual measurement of hedge ineffectiveness to be recognized in earnings each reporting period is based on the extent to which exact offset is not achieved as specified in paragraph 22 of Statement 133 (for fair value hedges) or paragraph 30 (for cash flow hedges). That requirement applies even if a regression or other statistical analysis approach for both prospective considerations and retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness supports an expectation that the hedging relationship will be highly effective and demonstrates that it has been highly effective, respectively.

The application of a regression or other statistical analysis approach to assessing effectiveness is complex. Those methodologies require appropriate interpretation and understanding of the statistical inferences.

DIG Issue F5 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuef5.html 
Basing the Expectation of Highly Effective Offset on a Shorter Period Than the Life of the Derivative 
(Cleared 11/23/99)

Update on August 22, 2000.  I have a case illustrating the accounting for ineffectiveness at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138bench.htm .  Case Question 4 and my answer are repeated below:

Case Question 04
What is hedge ineffectiveness?  How is it accounted for under FAS 133/138?  What is the .80-1.25 Rule for any DELTA(t) ineffectiveness ratio?  How is this combined with a DELTA(t) error intolerance parameter concocted by Bob Jensen for the Excel Workbook to be used as a materiality test in this case? 

Answer
First of all let me repeat the following with respect to hedge accounting for an interest rate swap based upon an ex ante benchmark i(t) index such as LIBOR(t).  When a particular i(t) is observed ex post at time t, it is possible to also define an ex post I(t) present values of all remaining cash flows.  

If the derivative qualifies for hedge accounting, the impact of booking the derivative at value is somewhat offset by booking the hedged item in a value-locked I(t-1)-I(t) value changes.  In terms of  Exhibit 1 notation, the carrying values are as follows where C(t) is the debt carrying value, A(t) is the discount/premium amortization, and I(t) is the present value of all remaining cash flows under the debt contract:

With No Qualifying Hedge or a Hedge that Combines Ineffectiveness Materiality and Significance in Terms of the 0.80-1.25 Rule for DELTA(t). 

C(t)= C(t-1)+A(t)  (
      = V(0)-[V(0)+SA(t) to date]

With A Qualifying Hedge or a Hedge that Combines Ineffectiveness Immateriality and Insignificance in Terms of the 0.80-1.25 Rule for DELTA(t). 

C(t)= C(t-1)+A(t)+[I(t)-I(t-1)]  (
      = V(0)-[V(0)+SA(t) to date]+[I(t)-I(t-1)]  (It's the last term that firms want in hedge accounting!)

One question never addressed by standard setters is what do do about hedge ineffectiveness that is material in amount but also has a DELTA(t) ratio falling within the 0.80-1.25 Rule bounds.  In my case, I do not deny hedge accounting in those outcomes, although the reason has me staring at the wall and wondering why.

It should be noted that the FASB does not provide a rule for measuring ineffectiveness of a hedge or specify tests for detection and correction of hedge ineffectiveness.  The main rules set in FAS 133/138 include a rule that management define in advance how ineffectiveness will be measured and that it be tested at least every three months.  Also, the FASB requires that pre-defined significant ineffectiveness be booked to current earnings.  In this case I will define the level of ineffectiveness as follows using Exhibit 1 notation:

Hedge Ineffectiveness = [W(t)-W(t-1)]+[I(t)-I(t-1)] 
                                  = [Change in Hedge Value] + [Change in Hedged Item Value]
(Note that the change in hedge value will have different sign than the change in the value of the hedged item.)

Hedge ineffectiveness in a fixed-rate debt value-lock hedge arises whenever the value change in the hedged item is not perfectly offset by a value change in the carrying value of the hedge contract.  In Exhibit 1 notation, the hedge is perfectly effective whenever W(t)-W(t-1)=I(t-1)-I(t).  Hedges are frequently not perfectly effective since the hedged item I(t) value is based upon ex post i(t) values and the hedge W(t) values are based upon ex ante yield (swap) curve estimates of future forward rates.  Since an interest rate swap is in reality a portfolio of multiple forward contracts, difference in ex post versus ex ante valuations are common.

Although firms are free to define ineffectiveness and ineffectiveness tests, it is necessary to define ineffectiveness at the start of a hedging contract and consistently test the degree of ineffectiveness at least every three months under FAS 133/138 rules.  It is common to use the FASB's suggested (but not required) 0.80-1.25 Rule for DELTA(t) as defined in Exhibit 1(If you listened to the above audio clip by James J. Rozsypal, you heard him mention this rule.)  If that rule is the client's chosen ineffectiveness rule, then any ineffectiveness violating that rule must be booked to current earnings.  This increases earnings volatility under qualifying but ineffective hedges.  In this case, a hedge outcome for a particular DELTA(t) outcome will be deemed "Significant" if it falls outside the 0.80 lower bound or the 1.25 upper bound.  It will be "Insignificant" if it falls within those bounds.

In the "Main Case" spreadsheet, the 0.80-1.25 rule for DELTA(t) is only one of the tests for booking ineffectiveness.  The other is a materiality tolerance bounding the level of ineffectiveness.   For example, the change value of a hedge is $10 and the change in value of the hedged item is ($2), the hedge ratio is DELTA(t)=-$10/($2) = 5.0.  However, relative to a debt proceeds of, say, $100 million, the ineffectiveness of $8=$10-$2 involved is too small to make a difference in spite of the high DELTA(t).  In the "Main Case" spreadsheet, the ineffectiveness materiality tolerance of ineffectiveness is set at 

Lower Materiality Bound = 0.0005*($100,000,000) = ($50,000)
Upper materiality Bound = 0.0005* $100,000,000 =    $50,000

When the amount of hedge ineffectiveness falls outside the materiality bounds it will be deemed "Material."  If it falls within those bounds it will be deemed "Immaterial" for the Period t in question.  

The amount of ineffectiveness is always debited or credited to current earnings.  If ineffectiveness is deemed both "Significant" and "Material" in joint combination, however, the company is to be denied hedge accounting treatment for the Period t when these violations arise.  Although ineffectiveness must be tested at least every three months, in the "Main Case" spreadsheet examples, such testing will only be illustrated on a semi-annual basis.  It should also be noted that in any period where ineffectiveness is both "Significant" and "Material," the company must question whether hedge accounting should be denied for all future periods of the hedge.  Certainly, hedge accounting is not allowed in the period in question.  The main implication of this is that the C(t) carrying value cannot be adjusted by the [I(t)-I(t-1)] change in benchmark values.

If the ineffectiveness lies outside the bound, then the DELTA(t) ratio is calculated at the levels shown in the "Main Case" spreadsheet in Cells Y174:Y193.  For Example 3 in that spreadsheet, the outcomes are as follows:

Example 03 
From the Excel Workbook
Period t DELTA(t)
0.5 0.9401
1 1.2785
2 1.0000
3 1.0000
4 0.7872
5 1.0000
6 1.0000
7 1.3410
8 1.0000
9 1.0737

Although FAS 133 does not set strict requirements for booking hedge ineffectiveness, are there some periods where the hedge seems to exceed what many firms recommend for hedge effectiveness?  In particular, discuss this in terms of the 0.80-1.25 rule that most public accounting firms are using to assess DELTA(t) ratios.  For Period 7 ending on 10/02/03 with a DELTA(7) of 1.341, show the journal entries without booking the ineffectiveness versus booking of ineffectiveness.

The following is an outcome summary for  Period 7 ending on 10/02/03 for Example 3 in the "Main Case" spreadsheet:

Example 03, Period 7
Swaps Are Valued Based on Ex Ante Forward Rates in Period 7 
    
Swap Value at the End of Period 7 = W(7) =  ($1,419,508)
     Swap Value at the End of Period 6 = W(6) = -($1,674,235)  
     Change in Swap Value      =  W(7) - W(6) =    $   254,727

Index Present Value is Based on Ex Post Spot i(t) Rates in Period 7
     Index Value at the End of Period 7  = I(7)  = ($98,820,872) 
     Index Value at the End of Period 6 = I(6)  = ($98,630,913)  
     Change in Index Present Value = I(7)-I(6) =   ($  189,959)

 $254,727+($189,959) $64,768 ineffectiveness lies above the upper materiality bound of $50,000

DELTA(7) = -$254,727/($189,959) = 1.341  which lies outside the 1.25 upper DELTA(t) bound 

Hence the $64,768 ineffectiveness is jointly material and significant.  The C(7) carrying value cannot be adjusted by the ($189,159) change in index value.

In Period 8, the following outcomes can be observed for Example 03 in the "Main Case" spreadsheet:

Example 03, Period 8
Swaps Are Valued Based on Ex Ante Forward Rates in Period 8
    
Swap Value at the End of Period 8 = W(8) =  ($1,049,188)
     Swap Value at the End of Period 7 = W(7) = -($1,419,508)  
     Change in Swap Value =  W(8)-W(7)         =   ($   370,320)

Index Present Value is Based on Ex Post Spot i(t) Rates in Period 7
     Index Value at the End of Period 8  = I(8)  =  ($99,221,137) 
     Index Value at the End of Period 7  = I(7)  =  ($98,820,872)  
     Change in Index Present Value = I(8)-I(7) =      $  400,265

  ($370,320)+ $400,265 =  $29,945 ineffectiveness is beneath the materiality upper bound of $50,000

DELTA(8) = -($370,320)/$400,265 = 0.925, which lies within the 0.80-1.25 Rule bounds

The ineffectiveness of $29,945 is neither material nor significant.  Hence, the Period 8 hedged item C(7) carrying value can be fully adjusted by the $400,265 change in benchmark value in Example 03.


Dear Bob,
I am working with Journal of Accountancy on an article.  We have a 
disagreement regarding the correlation ratio.   I remembered the issue was 
raised during your AAA workshop.  Is the ratio 80-120% or 80-125%?  Is 
there any authoritative guideline?
How is your turkey day?  We will be having King crab instead.  What can I 
say?  I come from an island.
XXXXX

Hi XXXXX,

It is good to hear from you.  I hope you had a real crabby holiday (the mouth watering kind).

There is no rule in FAS 133 that requires the use of any ratio limits.  It is customary, however, to use 80-125%.  Some documents that discuss this ratio include the following:

http://www.us.deloitte.com/pub/HEADSUP/5-4/attach04.HTM 
Summary of Designation and Effectiveness Requirements

http://www.derivativesstrategy.com/magazine/archive/1999/0999fea1.asp 
I like the title of this article --- "Incomprehensible, unpredictable, unmanageable and downright frightening — FAS 133 is threatening the financial world like an alien life form"

http://www.derivativesstrategy.com/magazine/archive/1998/1098regw.asp 
FAS 133 Surprises

http://development.mbaa.org/members/commit/fin-management/lib/min081298.html 
MORTGAGE BANKERS ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
MINUTES TO MEETING ON FAS 133
Also see http://www.mbaa.org/resident/lib2000/c_fasb_0331.html
 
(Mortgage bankers due not care much for the 80%-125% Rule)

http://www.servicing.com/miac/fas133/aug23.htm 

http://www.fmnonline.com/publishing/article.cfm?article_id=455 
Meeting the "Highly Effective Expectation" Criterion for Hedge Accounting

http://www.gtnews.com/articles2/1305.html 
FAS 133: Cliff Notes! Financial Reporting for Treasurers - Part One

Keep up the good work on a difficult topic!
Bob Jensen


Inflation Indexed Embedded Derivative =

an embedded derivative that alters payments on the basis of an inflation index.  Paragraph 61b on Page 41 of FAS 133 defines these payments as clearly-and-closely related such that the embedded derivative cannot be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12 on Page 7.  This makes embedded inflation indexed derivative accounting different than commodity indexed and equity indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that require separation from the host contract such as commodity indexed, equity indexed, and inflation indexed embedded derivatives.  In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like credit indexed derivative accounting.  See derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives.

Initial Investment =  see premium.

Insurance Contracts =

a complex set of contracts to manage future casualty risks.  Contracts manage financial instrument risks are not insurance contracts under FAS 133.  In general, insurance contracts are covered by prior FASB standards rather than FAS 133.  However, the FASB did take steps to discourage the interpretation of derivative contracts as insurance contracts just to avoid FAS 133. Important sections of FAS 133 dealing with insurance include Paragraphs 10 and 277-283.

Note the exception in DIG C1.

Interest Only Strip =

a contract that calls for cash settlement based upon the interest but not the principal of a note. Except in certain conditions, interest-only and principal only strips are not covered in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 14 and 310.  See futures contract.

Interest Rate Swap =

a transaction in which two parties exchange interest payment streams of differing character based on an underlying principal amount. As in all other swaps, the swap is a portfolio of forward contracts.  Swaps are the most common form of hedging risk using financial instruments derivatives. The most typical interest rate swaps entail swapping fixed rates for variable rates and vice versa. For instance, in FAS 133, Example 2 beginning in Paragraph 111 illustrates a fair value hedge and Example 5 beginning in Paragraph 131 illustrates a cash flow hedge.  These are explained in greater detail in the following documents:

http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/294wp.doc 
The Excel workbook is at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/133ex02a.xls 

http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/133ex05.htm 
The Excel workbook is at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/133ex05a.xls 

A short tutorial on interest rate swaps is given at http://home.earthlink.net/~green/whatisan.htm.  A good place to start in learning about how interest rate swaps work in practice is the CBOT tutorial at http://www.cbot.com/ourproducts/financial/agencystrat3rd.html.  A very interesting (not free) swap calculator is given by TheBEAST.COM at http://www.thebeast.com/02_products/beast_help/ScreenSwapCalculator.htm 
A tutorial can be found at http://www.thebeast.com/02_products/beastonline_gettingstarted.html 

The two main types of interest rate swaps are coupon swap and basis swap.  In a coupon swap or fixed-floating swap, one party pays a fixed rate calculated at the time of trade as a spread to a particular Treasury bond, and the other side pays a floating rate that resets periodically throughout the life of the deal against a designated index.  In a  basis swap or floating-to-floating swap is the swapping of one variable rate for another variable rate for purposes of changing the net interest rate or foreign currency risk.  A basis swap (or yield curve swap) is an exchange of interest rates at two different points along the yield curve. This allows investors to bet on the slope of the yield curve. For example, an investor might arrange to borrow at six-month LIBOR but lend at the 10-year T-Bond rate, where interest rates are set twice each year. This swap is really two swaps combined: floating T-bill for floating T-bonds, plus a pure-vanilla swap between LIBOR and T-bills.  Basis swaps are discussed in Paragraph 28d on Page 19, Paragraph 161 on Page 84, and Paragraphs 391-395 on Pages 178-179 of FAS 133.   

The term "swap spread" applies to the credit component of interest rate risk.  Assume a U.S. Treasury bill rate is a  risk-free rate.  You can read the following at http://www.cbot.com/ourproducts/financial/agencystrat3rd.html 

The swap spread represents the credit risk in the swap relative to the corresponding risk-free Treasury yield. It is the price tag on the actuarial risk that one of the parties to the swap will fail to make a payment. The Treasury yield provides the foundation in computing this spread, because the U.S. Treasury is a risk-free borrower. It does not default on its interest payments.

Since the swap rate is the sum of the Treasury yield and the swap spread, a well-known statistical rule breaks its volatility into three components:

Swap Rate Variance = Treasury Yield Variance
                                    + Swap Spread Variance
                                    + 2 x Covariance of Treasury Yield and Swap Spread

Taken over long time spans (e.g., quarter-to-quarter or annual), changes in the 10-year swap spread exhibit a small but reliably positive covariance with changes in the 10-year Treasury yield. For practical purposes this means that as Treasury yield levels rise and fall over, say, the course of the business cycle, the credit risk in interest rate swaps tends to rise and fall with them.

However as Figure 1 illustrates, high-frequency (e.g., day-to-day or week-to-week) moves in swap spreads and Treasury yields tend to be uncorrelated. Their covariance is close to zero. Thus, for holding periods that cover very short time spans, this stylized fact allows simplification of the preceding formula into the following approximation:

This rule of thumb allows attribution of the variability in swap rates in ways that are useful for hedgers. For example, during the five years from 1993 through 1997, 99% of week-to-week variability in 10-year swap rates derived from variability in the 10-year Treasury yield. Variability in the 10-year swap spread accounted for just 1%.

The FAS 138 amendments to FAS 133 allow for benchmarking credit spreads.  See Benchmark Interest Rate.

Basis risk arises when the hedging index differs from the index of the exposed risk.  Examples might be the following:  (1)The risk of loss from using a German mark position to offset Swiss franc exposure or using a shorter-termed derivative to hedge long-term interest rate exposures; (2) Exposure to loss from a maturity mismatch caused, for example, by a shift or change in the shape of the yield curve; (3) The variability of return stemming from possible changes in the price basis, or spread between two rates or indexes. This may also be called tracking error, correlation risk in some applications.  The introduction of one European currency went a long way toward reducing basis risk in Europe.  

A basis swap arises when one variable rate index (e.g., LIBOR ) is swapped for another index (e.g., a U.S Prime rate).  Following the release of FAS 138, the FASB issued some examples. Note Example 1 in Section 2 of the FASB document entitled “Examples Illustrating Applications of FASB Statement No. 138” that can be downloaded from http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/examplespg.html.  In Example 1 the basis swap entails a Euribor index basis swapped against US$ LIBOR.  This illustrates the concept of a "basis swap spread" arising from swapping notionals in different currencies. 

 Interest rate swaps are illustrated in Example 2 paragraphs 111-120, Example 5 Paragraphs 131-139, Example 8 Paragraphs 153-161, and other examples in Paragraphs 178-186.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions that have to be met if an entity is to assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset/liability and an interest rate swap.   See yield curve, swaption, currency swap, notional, underlying, swap, legal settlement rate, and [Loan + Swap] rate.  Also see basis adjustment and short-cut method for interest rate swaps

One question that arises is whether a hedged item and its hedge may have different maturity dates.  Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable.  On the other hand, having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998) states the following.  A portion of that example reads as follows:

Although the criteria specified in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.


DIG Issue A9 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea9.html 

QUESTION

How does Statement 133 affect the accounting for a prepaid interest rate swap contract, that is, an interest rate swap contract for which the fixed leg has been prepaid (at a discounted amount)?

BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION

In lieu of obtaining a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap that is settled net each quarter, an entity may choose to enter into a "prepaid interest rate swap" contract that obligates the counterparty to make quarterly payments to the entity for the variable leg and for which the entity pays the present value of the fixed leg of the swap at the inception of the contract. Different structures can be used for a prepaid interest rate swap contract, although the amount and timing of the cash flows under the different structures are the same, which makes the different structures of contract terms identical economically. For example, rather than entering into a 2-year pay-fixed, receive-variable swap with a $10,000,000 notional amount, a fixed interest rate of 6.65 percent, and a variable interest rate of 3-month US$ LIBOR (that is, the swap terms in Example 5 of Statement 133), an entity can effectively accomplish a prepaid swap by entering into a contract under either of the following structures.

Structure 1
The entity pays $1,228,179 to enter into a prepaid interest rate swap contract that requires the counterparty to make quarterly payments based on a $10,000,000 notional amount and an annual interest rate equal to 3-month US$ LIBOR. The amount of $1,228,179 is the present value of the 8 quarterly payments of $166,250, based on the implied spot rate for each of the 8 payment dates under the assumed initial yield curve in that example.

Structure 2
The entity pays $1,228,179 to enter into a structured note ("contract") with a principal amount of $1,228,179 and loan payments based on a formula equal to 8.142 times 3-month US$ LIBOR. (Note that 8.142 = 10,000,000 / 1,228,179.) Under the structured note, there is no repayment of the principal amount at the end of the two-year term. Rather, repayment of the $1,228,179 principal amount is incorporated into the 8quarterly payments and, thus, is dependent on interest rates.

RESPONSE

The prepaid interest rate swap contract (accomplished under either structure) is a derivative instrument because it meets the criteria in paragraph 6 and related paragraphs of Statement 133. Accordingly, the prepaid interest rate swap (accomplished under either structure) must be accounted for as a derivative instrument and reported at fair value. Even though both structures involve a lending activity related to the prepayment of the fixed leg, the prepaid interest rate swap cannot be separated into a debt host contract and an embedded derivative because Statement 133 does not permit such bifurcation of a contract that, in its entirety, meets the definition of a derivative.

Discussion of Structure 1
The prepaid interest rate swap in Structure 1 has an underlying (three-month US$ LIBOR) and a notional amount (refer to paragraph 6(a)). The prepaid interest rate swap requires an initial investment ($1,228,179) that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors, such as an 8-times impact for changes in LIBOR when applied to the initial investment (refer to paragraph 6(b)). (Note that the reference to "8 times" is based on the ratio of the notional amount to the initial investment: 10,000,000 / 1,228,179 = 8.142.) In this example, the initial investment of $1,228,179 is smaller than an investment of $10,000,000 to purchase a note with a $10,000,000 notional amount and a variable interest rate of 3-month US$LIBOR-an instrument that provides the same cash flow response to changes in LIBOR as the prepaid interest rate swap.

Under the prepaid swap in Structure 1, neither party is required to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) (refer to paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a)).

Discussion of Structure 2
The contract in Structure 2 has an underlying (three-month US$ LIBOR) and a notional amount (refer to paragraph 6(a)). The contract requires an initial investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors, such as an eight-times impact for changes in US$ LIBOR (refer to paragraph 6(b)). The fact that the contract under Structure 2 involves an initial investment equal to the stated notional of $1,228,179 is not an impediment to satisfying the criterion in paragraph 6(b), even though paragraph 8 states, "A derivative instrument does not require an initial net investment in the contract that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) or that is determined by applying the notional amount to the underlying." The observation in paragraph 8 focuses on those contracts that do not involve leverage. When a contract involves leverage, its notional amount is effectively the stated notional times the multiplication factor that represents the leverage. The contract in Structure 2 is highly leveraged, resulting in an impact that is over eight times as great as simply applying the stated notional amount to the underlying. Thus, its initial investment is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors-the criterion in paragraph 6(b). (Note that even a contract with a much lower leverage factor than that illustrated in the above example would meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b).) The guidance in this issue is considered to be consistent with Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. A1, "Initial Net Investment," in which a required initial investment of $105 (to prepay a 1-year forward contract with a $110 strike price) is considered not to meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b).

Under the contract in Structure 2, neither party is required to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) (refer to paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a)). Although the investor may surrender (deliver) the evidence of indebtedness (the structured note) to the issuer at maturity, the stated amount of the note ($1,228,179) is not equal to the actual notional amount ($10,000,000).

For a discussion of cross-currency interest rate swaps see Foreign Currency Hedge.

See LIBOR Swap Rate.

International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) =

An organization headquartered in London that has be charged with developing international accounting standards.  The charge is given by 140 public accounting bodies (such as the AICPA in the United States) in 101 countries seeking harmonization of accounting standards.  In recent years, IASC standards have more clout due to widespread requiring of IASC standards by worldwide stock exchanges for cross-border listings of securities.  For a discussion of the IASC's history and struggles to develop its own IAS 39 "Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement" standard that is somewhat like, but much less complex, than  FAS 133, see my pacter.htm file.  Initially, the IASC was going to adopt FAS 133.  Later it commenced work on developing its own standard.  In reality, however, the IASC requirements are very close to FAS 133.  Also see IFAC.  The web site of the IASC is at http://www.iasc.org.uk .

The International Accounting Standards Committee  issued proposed Questions and Answers about IAS 39 on accounting derivative financial instruments recognition, measurement, and hedging activities --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/0005qa39.pdf 

Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the IASC.  Note that the differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133 are highlighted in the free IASC comparison study of IAS 39 versus FAS 133 (by Paul Pacter) at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm

The non-free FASB comparison study of all standards entitled The IASC-U.S. Comparison Project: A Report on the Similarities and Differences between IASC Standards and U.S. GAAP
SECOND EDITION, (October 1999) at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/IASC/iascus2d.html

In 1999 the Joint Working Group of the Banking Associations sharply rebuffed the IAS 39 fair value accounting in two white papers that can be downloaded from http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm.

Also see the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Federation of Accountants Committee (IFAC).

Side by Side: IAS 39 Compared with FASB Standards (FAS 133), by Paul Pacter, as published in Accountancy International Magazine, June 1999 --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

At its meeting in March 2000, the Board appointed a Committee to develop implementation guidance on IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition. The guidance is expected to be published later this year, after public comment, as a staff guidance document. The IAS 39 Implementation Guidance Committee may refer some issues either to the SIC or to the Board.  http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen2_139.htm 

  • Under IAS 39, all financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the balance sheet, including all derivatives. They are initially measured at cost, which is the fair value of whatever was paid or received to acquire the financial asset or liability.

     

  • An enterprise should recognise normal purchases of securities in the market place either at trade date or settlement date, with recognition of certain value changes between trade and settlement dates if settlement date accounting is used.

     

  • Transaction costs should be included in the initial measurement of all financial instruments.

     

  • Subsequent to initial recognition, all financial assets are remeasured to fair value, except for the following, which should be carried at amortised cost:

    (a) loans and receivables originated by the enterprise and not held for trading;

    (b) other fixed maturity investments, such as debt securities and mandatorily redeemable preferred shares, that the enterprise intends and is able to hold to maturity; and

    (c) financial assets whose fair value cannot be reliably measured (generally limited to some equity securities with no quoted market price and forwards and options on unquoted equity securities).

     

  • An enterprise should measure loans and receivables that it has originated and that are not held for trading at amortised cost, less reductions for impairment or uncollectibility. The enterprise need not demonstrate an intent to hold originated loans and receivables to maturity. For other fixed maturity investments, intent to hold to maturity should be considered in the aggregate, not by subcategories.

     

  • An intended or actual sale of a held-to-maturity security due to a non-recurring and not reasonably anticipated circumstance beyond the enterprise's control should not call into question the enterprise's ability to hold its remaining portfolio to maturity.

     

  • If an enterprise is prohibited from classifying financial assets as held-to-maturity because it has sold more than an insignificant amount of assets that it had previously said it intended to hold to maturity, that prohibition should expire at the end of the second financial year following the premature sales.

     

  • After acquisition most financial liabilities are measured at original recorded amount less principal repayments and amortisation. Only derivatives and liabilities held for trading (such as securities borrowed by a short seller) are remeasured to fair value.

     

  • For those financial assets and liabilities that are remeasured to fair value, an enterprise will have a single, enterprise-wide option either to:

    (a) recognise the entire adjustment in net profit or loss for the period;
    or

    (b) recognise in net profit or loss for the period only those changes in fair value relating to financial assets and liabilities held for trading, with the non-trading value changes reported in equity until the financial asset is sold, at which time the realised gain or loss is reported in net profit or loss. For this purpose, derivatives are always deemed held for trading unless they are designated as hedging instruments.

     

  • IAS 39 requires that an impairment loss be recognised for a financial asset whose recoverable amount is less than carrying amount. Guidance is provided for calculating impairment.

     

  • IAS 39 establishes conditions for determining when control over a financial asset or liability has been transferred to another party. For financial assets a transfer normally would be recognised if (a) the transferee has the right to sell or pledge the asset and (b) the transferor does not have the right to reacquire the transferred assets unless either the asset is readily obtainable in the market or the reacquisition price is fair value at the time of reacquisition. With respect to derecognition of liabilities, the debtor must be legally released from primary responsibility for the liability (or part thereof) either judicially or by the creditor. If part of a financial asset or liability is sold or extinguished, the carrying amount is split based on relative fair values. If fair values are not determinable, a cost recovery approach to profit recognition is taken.

     

  • If a debtor delivers collateral to the creditor and the creditor is permitted to sell or repledge the collateral without constraints, then the debtor recognises the collateral given as a receivable and the creditor recognises the collateral received as an asset and the obligation to repay the collateral as a liability.

     

  • If a guarantee is recognised as a liability, it should be measured at fair value until it expires, or at original recorded amount if fair value cannot be measured reliably.

     

  • Hedging, for accounting purposes, means designating a derivative or (only for hedges of foreign currency risks) a non-derivative financial instrument as an offset in net profit or loss, in whole or in part, to the change in fair value or cash flows of a hedged item. Hedge accounting is permitted under IAS 39 in certain circumstances, provided that the hedging relationship is clearly defined, measurable, and actually effective.

     

  • Hedge accounting is permitted only if an enterprise designates a specific hedging instrument as a hedge of a change in value or cash flow of a specific hedged item, rather than as a hedge of an overall net balance sheet position. However, the approximate income statement effect of hedge accounting for an overall net position can be achieved, in some cases, by designating part of one of the underlying items as the hedged position.

     

  • For hedges of forecasted transactions, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will adjust the basis (carrying amount) of the acquired asset or liability.

     

  • IAS 39 supplements the disclosure requirements of IAS 32 for financial instruments.

     

  • The new Standard is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2001. Earlier application is permitted as of the beginning of a financial year that ends after issuance of IAS 39.

     

  • On initial adoption of IAS 39, adjustments to bring derivatives and other financial assets and liabilities onto the balance sheet and adjustments to remeasure certain financial assets and liabilities from cost to fair value will be made by adjusting retained earnings directly.

International Federation of Accountants Committee (IFAC) =

An organization charged with dealing with matters of concern in 140 public accounting bodies in 110 countries.  Relations with the IASC are briefly discussed by Paul Pacter in my pacter.htm file.  Although the IFAC appoints some members to the IASC, standard setting responsibilities are now the responsibility of the IASC rather than the IFAC.  The IFAC deals more directly with international auditing standards and education/training requirements of public accountants around the world.  Also see IASC.   The IFAC web site is at http://www.ifac.org/

Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the IFAC.

In-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.

Intrinsic Value =

the difference between the spot price and the forward strike price of the underlying in an option contract.   Intrinsic value is an expected future value.  Intrinsic (future) value minus current (present) value of the option is called time value.  Hence, intrinsic value has two components.  One is the known current value.  The other component is time value that is generally unknown ex ante.   For example, the suppose the value of an option having no credit risk is $10 on the exchange market.  If a commodity's price is $93 and the forward (strike) price of a call option is $90, the intrinsic value of the option is $3.  The difference between the total option's current price ($10)  and intrinsic value is a time value of $7 = $10 -$3.  One way to think about time value is to think about opportunities for an option to increase its intrinsic value.  If an option is about to expire, there is very little time left for the spot price of the underlying (e.g., commodity price)  to increase.  Time value of an option declines as the option approaches its expiration date.  In other words, intrinsic value converges toward total value as the option matures.  If there is a great deal of time left before the option expires, there is more opportunity for the underlying to increase in value.  Hence time value is higher for options having longer-term expiration dates.   Also see basis.

An illustration of intrinsic value versus time value accounting is given in Example 9 of  FAS 133, Pages 84-86, Paragraphs 162-164.  I found the FASB presentation in Paragraph 162 somewhat confusing.  You may want to look at my Example 9 tutorial on this illustration.  You may obtain the link and password by contacting me at rjensen@trinity.edu. Call options are illustrated in Example 9 of FAS 133 in Paragraphs 162-164.  An option is "in-the-money" if the holder would benefit from exercising it now. A call option is in-the-money if the strike price (the exercise price) is below the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is in-the-money if the strike price is above the market price. Intrinsic value is equal to the difference between the strike price and the market price.   An option is "out-of-the-money" if the holder would not benefit from exercising it now. A call option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is above the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is below the market price. The key distinction between contracts versus futures/forward contracts is that an option is purchased up front and the buyer has a right but not an obligation to execute the option in the future, In other words, the most the option buyer can lose is the option price. In the case of forwards and futures, there is an obligation to perform in the future. The writer (seller) of an option, however, has an obligation to perform if the option is exercised by the buyer. FAS 133 rules for purchased options are much different than for written options.  For rules regarding written options see Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133.  Exposure Draft 162-B would not allow hedge accounting for written options.  FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401. 

The partitioning of an option's value between intrinsic and time value partitions is important subsequent to the purchase of an option.  On the acquisition date, the option is recorded at the premium (purchase price) the paid.  Subsequent to the purchase date, the option is marked to fair value equal to subsequent changes in quoted premiums.  If the option qualifies as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, changes in the time value of the option are debited or credited to current earnings.  Changes in the intrinsic value, however, are posted to comprehensive income (OCI)See the CapIT Corporation and FloorIT Corporation cases at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/133cases/000index.htm.

Inverse Floater = see floater.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

J-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

K-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

L-Terms

Leaps =

long term derivatives, usually long term options

Legal Settlement Rate =

the internal rate of return that discounts estimated future interest rate swap cash flows back down to a time t value equal to future swap receipts discounted at the swap receivable rate minus the swap payables discounted at the swap payable rate. This is a term invented by Bob Jensen in Working Paper 231 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm .

Leverage =

an investment position subject to a multiplier impact on returns.  For example, for a relatively low price, say $500, an investor can purchase a call option on 100 shares of stock that in effect accrues all the benefits of rising prices on those share as if the investor owned those shares at a price of , say, $5,000.  Similarly, a leveraged position can be obtained on a put option that benefits the option holder in the case of falling prices.  In England and some other nations, the term "gearing" means the same thing as leverage.

Another example is a leveraged gold note that pays no interest and has the amount of principal vary with the price of gold.  This is discussed under the term embedded derivative.

Leveraged Gold Note = see embedded derivative.

Levered Inverse Floater = see floater.

LIBOR =

the London InterBank Offering Rate interest rate at which banks borrow in London. The rate is commonly used as an index in floating rate contracts, interest rate swaps, and other contracts based upon interest rate fluctuations.

LIBOR Swap Rate =

The fixed rate on a single-currency, constant-notional interest rate swap that has its floating-rate leg referenced to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) with no additional spread over LIBOR on that floating-rate leg. That fixed rate is the derived rate that would result in the swap having a zero fair value at inception because the present value of fixed cash flows, based on that rate, equate to the present value of the floating cash flows.  See Interest Rate Swap.

LME =

London Mercantile Exchange.  See spot rate.

Loan + Swap Rate =

an underlying notional loan rate (e.g., the interest rate on bonds payable) plus the difference between the swap receivable rate minus the swap payable rate.  This is a term invented by Bob Jensen in Working Paper 231 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm .

Local Currency =

currency of a particular country being referred to; the reporting currency of a domestic or foreign operation being referred to in context.

Long =

Ownership of an investment position, security, or instrument such that rising market prices will benefit the owner.  This is also known as a long position.  For example, the purchase of a call option is a long position because the owner of the call option goes in the money with rising prices.  See also short.

Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) Fund =

the best known of the investment funds that failed using scientific formulas for hedging with derivatives.  The firm was run by 25 scholars who received Ph.Ds in economics and were heavily influenced by the options pricing theories of Nobel Prize winning economists Robert C. Merton and Myron S. Scholes.    In November of 1998, the largest and best known investment banking and brokerage houses in New York had to dig deep into their own pockets to keep the fund from a failure that would have shaken financial markets around the world.  See Options Pricing Theory and Black-Scholes Model.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

M-Terms

Macro Hedge = see hedge and compound derivatives.

Mark To Market =

to revalue securities at prevailing market prices or, in the case of some exotic derivatives, estimated fair value.  See fair value.

Minority Interest =

the part-owner of a subsidiary corporation that is controlled by another parent company.  Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge.   Reasons are given in Paragraph 472 beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133.

Monetary Items =

obligations to pay or rights to receive a fixed number of currency units in the future.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

N-Terms

Net Investment = see derivative financial instrument and cash flow hedge.

Net Settlement =

a contract provision that allows for netting out payables and receivables in terms of cash or items that can be readily converted to cash in an established market.  Net settlement criteria for FAS 133 are not satisfied if an asset such as land or a liability such as a personal note can be delivered to satisfy the contractual obligation.  In swaps where items are swapped, it must be possible to net out the swap obligations and transfer only the net difference in cash.  Details of net settlements are discussed in SFAS 13 Paragraphs 6c, 9, and 57c. According to Paragraphs 10 and 275-276, "regular-way security trades" are contracts with no net settlement provisions and not market mechanism to facilitate net settlements.  This was portion of FAS 133 was amended in FAS 138.  I received the following email messages regarding the amendment:


I received a very long message and received permission to quote the message below regarding the Normal Purchases and Normal Sales (NPNS) amendment in FAS 138::

Hello Professor Jensen,

Great website! However, I have to disagree with your comment regarding the issue of NPNS.

I work for the Bonneville Power Administration (Bonneville), a federal based Electric Wholesale Power Marketer, we sell the output from the 29 federally owned dams on the Columbia and Snake River system in the Pacific Northwest.  I am the project manager for Bonneville responsible for implementing FAS 133.  More on Bonneville at the end of this email - postscript.

 

 Regarding the NPNS issue:    This issue is of big concern to the Energy industry as it relates to our normal sales and purchases activities.  I am most familiar with the Electric Utility  industry and the sales and delivery practices that are prevalent throughout the industry.  I would argue that Bonneville was much better off under the original statement para 10 (b) because the statement was silent on the practice I describe below referred to as "Bookouts".

 

Specifically, in the electric utility industry it is necessary and is considered best utility and business practice to perform a type of transaction called a "Bookout" whereby several transactions with the same Counterparty in the same month - a purchase and a sale - are offset and not scheduled for physical delivery.  For example, Bonneville may sell forward 200 MWs for the month of August 2000 in January 2000 based on our most current hydro forecasts and subsequently in May 2000 our most current forecasts now show a deficit and we have to purchase 200 MWs for the same month to cover our obligations.  We may from time to time find ourselves with both purchases and sales with the same counterparty in the same month at the same delivery location.  Just prior to delivery, we look at our schedule and try and match up transactions --- the "Bookout" procedure.

 

This "Bookout" procedure is common in the electric utility industry as a scheduling convenience when two utilities happen to have offsetting transactions. If this procedure is not used, both counterparties incur transmission costs in order to make deliveries to each other. The Bookout procedure avoids the energy scheduling process (an administrative burden as well) which would trigger payment of transmission costs.  We do not plan for this event or know in advance what we will bookout and we do not "Bookout" to capture a margin.  Rather, we find ourselves in this situation because of our inventory management constraints, maintenance schedules, and dependency on factors outside our control such as the weather and streamflows or environmental constraints placed upon us by other federal agencies or federal courts. 

 

We  lobbied the FASB and the DIG to clarify and revise the NPNS language to allow for this practice, but the FASB position was very restrictive -- if you do not deliver then it is considered net settled.   It seems to me and other industry participants that bookouts do not fit into the net settlement definition as it was described and intended in FAS 133. Rather it is a utility best practice that results in no physical delivery.  In addition, when we bookout the cash settling is done at the agreed upon contract prices - not at the market pricing.  We would argue that the Board's original intent was to capture net settlement mechanisms that require "market" settlement.   Unfortunately, the FASB made their decision about a practice without doing more homework on the nature of the transaction.  I understand the pressures the FASB was under to get the statement amended and implemented.  Unfortunately, the industry participants and practitioners are left to deal with the Board's end product.   The final 138 was not clear in its guidance either as it relates to these types of transactions and what this meant to our "similar" contracts that we want to qualify for NPNS.  I continue, along with our auditors, to hold discussions with FASB staff. 

 

What I am afraid may happen is that because of the "One size fits all approach by the FASB",  Bonneville and other regulated utilities will be forced into adopting a FV accounting approach on transactions that are simple sales and purchases.  Applying mark to market treatment to these transactions is more misleading to the financial statement reader not clearer - the original intent of 133.  I believe the interpretation of the final written words by individuals unfamiliar with the Energy industry is driving us into misleading and confusing presentation.

 

Any advice or encouragement you can provide would be appreciated.  We adopt October 1 and I have a deadline to meet and I still do not have final clear and convincing guidance.  I am ahead of most folks on this issue since we do have an earlier adoption date than most utilities.  Thanks for your time.  This is a complex issue and I apologize for the length of this email and I imagine I still have not described the issues in the most succinct and clear fashion.

 

Regards,

Sanford Menashe
Project Manager, FAS 133

 

Postscript:

 

About Bonneville Power Administration:

 

Bonneville is a federal agency under the Department of Energy, which was established over 60 years ago to market power from 29 federal dams and one non-federal nuclear plant in the Pacific Northwest. BPA’s energy sales are governed by federal legislation (e.g. the Northwest Power Act) and other regional mandates to maintain the benefits of power sales for the Pacific Northwest region and to manage its environmental and safety obligations relative to operating the federal hydroelectric system. Its primary objective is to provide low-cost electricity to the region by offering cost-based rates for its power and transmission services to eligible publicly owned and investor-owned utilities in the Pacific Northwest (including Oregon, Washington, Idaho, western Montana and small parts of Wyoming, Nevada, Utah, California and eastern Montana).

 

Sanford Menashe, Manager, FAS 133 Project.
Bonneville Power Administration phone: 503-230-3570 email: smmenashe@bpa.gov
Email: smmenashe@bpa.gov


Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A derivative is a financial instrument—

(a) - whose value changes in response to the change in a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, a credit rating or credit index, or similar variable (sometimes called the ‘underlying’);

(b) - that requires no initial net investment or little initial net investment relative to other types of contracts that have a similar response to changes in market conditions; and

(c) - that is settled at a future date.

FAS 133
(a) – same as IAS 39

(b) – same as IAS 39

(c) – FASB definition requires that the terms of the derivative contract require or permit net settlement.

To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

The issue in a regular-way trade arises because of differences between trading dates and settlement dates.  Paragraph 294 on Page 141 of FAS 133 states the following:

Requiring that all forward contracts for purchases and sales of financial instruments that are readily convertible to cash be accounted for as derivatives would effectively require settlement date accounting for all such transactions. Resolving the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting was not an objective of the project that led to this Statement. Therefore, the Board decided to explicitly exclude forward contracts for "regular-way" trades from the scope of this Statement.

For example, the forward sale requiring delivery of a  mortgaged-backed security is a regular-way trade if delivery of these types of securities normally take 30 days or 60 days.  Paragraph 10 excudes regular-way, normal purchases, and normal sales.  Also see Paragraphs 57c, 274, and 259-266. See also dollar offset method and  transition settlements.

FAS 133 leaves out the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting and, thereby, excluded forward contracts for regular-way security trades from the scope of FAS 133 (See Appendix C Paragraph 274).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
If an enterprise has a contractual obligation that it can settle either by paying out a financial assets or its own equity securities, and if the number of equity securities required to settle the obligation varies with changes in their fair value so that the total fair value of the equity securities paid always equals the amount of the contractual obligation, the obligation should be accounted for as a financial liability, not as equity.

FAS 133
FASB standards do not require that such an obligation be classified as a liability.

DIG Implementation Issue A2 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea2.html  

QUESTION

Two entities enter into a commodity forward contract that requires delivery and is not exchange-traded; however, there are brokers who stand ready to buy and sell the commodity contracts. Either entity can be relieved of its obligation to make (or right to accept) delivery of the commodity and its right to receive (or obligation to make) payment under the contract by arranging for a broker to make or accept delivery and paying the broker a commission plus any difference between the contract price and the current market price of the commodity. The commission paid to the broker is not significant. Based on those facts, is the criterion for net settlement in paragraph 6(c) satisfied because of the existence of a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement as described in paragraph 9(b)?

RESPONSE

Yes. The criterion for net settlement would be satisfied because the entity can be relieved of its rights and obligations under the contract without incurring a substantial fee due to its arrangement with a broker. Paragraph 57(c)(2) states that the term market mechanism is to be interpreted broadly, and any institutional arrangement or side agreement that enables either party to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction cost is considered net settlement. The fact that brokers stand ready to relieve entities of their rights and obligations under a particular type of contract indicates that a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement exists for that type of contract.

In contrast, if the arrangement between the entity and the broker (a) is simply an agreement whereby the broker will make (or accept) delivery on behalf of an entity and (b) does not relieve the entity of its rights and obligations under the contract, the arrangement does not constitute a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement under paragraph 9(b) and the criterion for net settlement in paragraph 6(c) is not satisfied.

DIG Implementation Issue A3 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea3.html 
QUESTION

Does the liquidity of the market for a group of contract affect the determination of whether under paragraph 9(b) there is a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement under paragraph 9(b)? For example, assume a company contemporaneously enters into 500 futures contracts, each of which requires delivery of 100 shares of an exchange-traded equity security on the same date. The contracts fail to meet the criterion in paragraph 9(a) because delivery of an asset related to the underlying is required. The futures contracts trade on an exchange, which constitutes a market mechanism under which the company can be relieved of its rights and obligations under the futures contracts. However, the quantity of futures contracts held by the company cannot be rapidly absorbed in their entirety without significantly affecting the quoted price of the contracts.

RESPONSE

No. The lack of a liquid market for the group of contracts does not affect the determination of whether under paragraph 9(b) there is a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement because the test in paragraph 9(b) focuses on a singular contract. The exchange offers a ready opportunity to sell each contract, thereby providing relief of the rights and obligations under each contract.

Paragraph 57(c)(2) elaborates on the phrase market mechanism that facilitate net settlement and states that "any institutional arrangement or other agreement that enables either party to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction cost is considered net settlement." The possible reduction in price due to selling a large futures position is not considered to be a transaction cost under that paragraph.

Whether the number of shares deliverable under the group of futures contracts exceeds the amount of shares that could rapidly be absorbed by the market without significantly affecting the price is not relevant to applying the criterion in paragraph 9(b).

DIG Implementation Issue A5 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea5.html 
QUESTION

Does a contract contain a net settlement provision under paragraphs 9(a) and 57(c)(1) if it contains both (a) a variable penalty for nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract and (b) a fixed incremental penalty for nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make the possibility of net settlement remote?

BACKGROUND

Certain contracts may require payment of (a) a variable penalty for nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract and (b) an incremental penalty for nonperformance stated as a fixed amount or fixed amount per unit. The contract may or may not characterize the incremental payment upon nonperformance as a penalty.

Paragraph 57(c)(1) elaborates on the criterion in paragraph 6(c) regarding whether the terms of a contract require or permit net settlement which is discussed in paragraph 9(a). Paragraph 57(c)(1) states:

Its terms implicitly or explicitly require or permit net settlement. For example, a penalty for nonperformance in a purchase order is a net settlement provision if the amount of the penalty is based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract. Net settlement may be made in cash or by delivery of any other asset, whether or not it is readily convertible to cash. A fixed penalty for nonperformance is not a net settlement provision. RESPONSE

No. A contract that contains a variable penalty for nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract does not contain a net settlement provision under paragraphs 9(a) and 57(c)(1) if it also contains an incremental penalty of a fixed amount (or fixed amount per unit) that would be expected to be significant enough at all dates during the remaining term of the contract to make the possibility of nonperformance remote. If a contract includes such a provision, it effectively requires performance, that is, requires the party to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying. Thus, the contract does not meet the criterion for net settlement under paragraphs 9(a) and 57(c)(1) of Statement 133. The assessment of the fixed incremental penalty in the manner described above should be performed only at the contract's inception.

The magnitude of the fixed incremental penalty should be assessed on a standalone basis as a disincentive for nonperformance, not in relation to the overall penalty.

DIG Implementation Issue A7 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea7.html 
QUESTION

Does the existence of a contractual requirement that one party obtain the other's permission to assign rights or obligations to a third party under a contract, in and of itself, preclude a contract from meeting the definition of a derivative because it would not possess the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) of Statement 133 as a market mechanism?

For the purposes of this question, assume that (1) if the contract did not contain an assignment clause, an established market mechanism that facilitates net settlement outside the contract exists, (2) the contract does not satisfy the criteria for net settlement under the provisions of paragraph 9(a), (3) the asset that is required to be delivered under the contract is readily convertible to cash as described under paragraph 9(c), and (4) the contract would qualify for the normal purchases and sales exception under paragraph 10(b) if it is considered not to possess the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b).

BACKGROUND

Some commodity contracts contain a provision that allows one or both parties to a contract to assign its rights or obligations to a third party only after obtaining permission from the counterparty. Under the assignment clause addressed in this issue, permission shall not be unreasonably withheld. The primary purpose of an assignment clause is to ensure that the non-assigning counterparty is not unduly exposed to credit or performance risk if the assigning counterparty is relieved of all of its rights and obligations under the contract. Accordingly, a counterparty could withhold consent only in limited circumstances, such as when the contract would be assigned to a third party assignee that has a history of defaulting on its obligations or has a lower credit rating than the assignor.

Paragraph 9(b) of Statement 133 indicates that the net settlement characteristic of the definition of a derivative may be satisfied if "One of the parties is required to deliver an asset of the type described in paragraph 9(a), but there is a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement, for example, an exchange that offers a ready opportunity to sell the contract or to enter into an offsetting contract." Paragraph 57(c) of Statement 133 elaborates on that notion. It states:

...a contract that meets any one of the following criteria has the characteristic described as net settlement [in paragraph 9(b)]….(2) There is an established market mechanism that facilitates net settlement outside the contract. The term market mechanism is to be interpreted broadly. Any institutional arrangement or other agreement that enables either party to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction cost is considered net settlement. [Emphasis added.]

RESPONSE

No. The existence of an assignment clause does not, in and of itself, preclude the contract from possessing the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. Once the determination is made that a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement outside of the contract exists, then an assessment of the substance of the assignment clause is required in order to determine whether that assignment clause precludes a party from being relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract through that existing market mechanism. Although permission to assign the contract shall not be unreasonably withheld by the counterparty in accordance with the terms of the contract, the assignment feature cannot be viewed simply as a formality because it may be invoked at any time to prevent the non-assigning party from being exposed to unacceptable credit or performance risk. Accordingly, the existence of the assignment clause may or may not permit a party from being relieved of its rights and obligations under the contract.

If it is remote that the counterparty will withhold permission to assign the contract, the mere existence of the clause should not preclude the contract from possessing the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. Such a determination requires assessing whether a sufficient number of acceptable potential assignees exist in the marketplace such that assignment of the contract would not result in imposing unacceptable credit risk or performance risk on the non-assigning party. Consideration should be given to past counterparty and industry practices regarding whether permission to be relieved of all rights and obligations under similar contracts has previously been withheld. However, if it is reasonably possible or probable that the counterparty will withhold permission to assign the contract, the contract is precluded from possessing the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. In that circumstance, even if the asset under the contract were readily convertible to cash as described under paragraph 9(c), the contract could qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception under paragraph 10(b) because there is no net settlement provision in the contract and no market mechanism that facilitates net settlement exists (as described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b)).

DIG Implementation Issue A8 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea8.html 
QUESTION

Does an asymmetrical default provision, which provides the defaulting party only the obligation to compensate its counterparty's loss but not the right to demand any gain from its counterparty, give a commodity forward contract the characteristic of net settlement under paragraph 9(a) of Statement 133?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 6(c) of Statement 133 describes the following derivative characteristic:

Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readily be settled net by a means outside the contract, or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different from net settlement.

Paragraph 9(a) provides the following additional guidance regarding the derivative characteristic in paragraph 6(c):

Neither party is required to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount).

Paragraph 57(c) and related subparagraph (1) provide the following additional guidance regarding the derivative characteristic in paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a):

A contract that meets any one of the following criteria has the characteristic described as net settlement:

  1. Its terms implicitly or explicitly require or permit net settlement. For example, a penalty for nonperformance in a purchase order is a net settlement provision if the amount of the penalty is based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract. Net settlement may be made in cash or by delivery of any other asset, whether or not it is readily convertible to cash. A fixed penalty for nonperformance is not a net settlement provision.

     

Many commodity forward contracts contain default provisions that require the defaulting party (the party that fails to make or take physical delivery of the commodity) to reimburse the nondefaulting party for any loss incurred as illustrated in the following examples:

  • If the buyer under the forward contract (Buyer) defaults (that is, does not take physical delivery of the commodity), the seller under that contract (Seller) will have to find another buyer in the market to take delivery. If the price received by Seller in the market is less than the contract price, Seller incurs a loss equal to the quantity of the commodity that would have been delivered under the forward contract multiplied by the difference between the contract price and the current market price. Buyer must pay Seller a penalty for nonperformance equal to that loss.

     

  • If Seller defaults (that is, does not deliver the commodity physically), Buyer will have to find another seller in the market. If the price paid by Buyer in the market is more than the contract price, Seller must pay Buyer a penalty for nonperformance equal to the quantity of the commodity that would have been delivered under the forward contract multiplied by the difference between the contract price and the current market price.

     

For example, Buyer agreed to purchase 100 units of a commodity from Seller at $1.00 per unit:

  • Assume Buyer defaults on the forward contract by not taking delivery and Seller must sell the 100 units in the market at the prevailing market price of $.75 per unit. To compensate Seller for the loss incurred due to Buyer's default, Buyer must pay Seller a penalty of $25.00 (that is, 100 units × ($1.00 – $.75)).

     

  • Similarly, assume that Seller defaults and Buyer must buy the 100 units it needs in the market at the prevailing market price of $1.30 per unit. To compensate Buyer for the loss incurred due to Seller's default, Seller must pay Buyer a penalty of $30.00 (that is, 100 units × ($1.30 – $1.00)).

     

Note that an asymmetrical default provision is designed to compensate the nondefaulting party for a loss incurred. The defaulting party cannot demand payment from the nondefaulting party to realize the changes in market price that would be favorable to the defaulting party if the contract were honored. Under the forward contract in the example, if Buyer defaults when the market price is $1.10, Seller will be able to sell the units of the commodity into the market at $1.10 and realize a $10.00 greater gain than it would have under the contract. In that circumstance, the defaulting Buyer is not required to pay a penalty for nonperformance to Seller, nor is Seller required to pass the $10.00 extra gain to the defaulting Buyer. Similarly, if Seller defaults when the market price is $0.80, Buyer will be able to buy the units of the commodity in the market and pay $20.00 less than under the contract. In that circumstance, the defaulting Seller is not required to pay a penalty for nonperformance to Buyer, nor is Buyer required to pass the $20.00 savings on to the defaulting Seller.

RESPONSE

No. A nonperformance penalty provision that requires the defaulting party to compensate the nondefaulting party for any loss incurred but does not allow the defaulting party to receive the effect of favorable price changes (herein referred to as an asymmetrical default provision) does not give a commodity forward contract the characteristic described as net settlement under paragraph 9(a) of Statement 133.

A derivative instrument can be described, in part, as allowing the holder to participate in the changes in an underlying without actually making or taking delivery of the asset related to that underlying. In a forward contract with only an asymmetrical default provision, neither Buyer nor Seller can realize the benefits of changes in the price of the commodity through default on the contract. That is, Buyer cannot realize favorable changes in the intrinsic value of the forward contract except (a) by taking delivery of the physical commodity or (b) in the event of default by Seller, which is an event beyond the control of Buyer. Similarly, Seller cannot realize favorable changes in the intrinsic value of the forward contract except (a) by making delivery of the physical commodity or (b) in the event of default by Buyer, which is an event beyond the control of Seller. However, if there was a pattern of using the asymmetrical default provisions as a means to net settle certain kinds of an entity's commodity purchase or sales contracts, that behavior would indicate that the asymmetrical default provision would give those kinds of commodity contracts the characteristic described as net settlement under paragraph 9(a).

In contrast, a contract that permits only one party to elect net settlement of the contract (by default or otherwise), and thus participate in either favorable changes only or both favorable and unfavorable price changes in the underlying, meets the derivative characteristic described in paragraph 6(c) and discussed in paragraph 9(a) for all parties to that contract. Such a default provision allows one party to elect net settlement of the contract under any pricing circumstance and consequently does not require delivery of an asset that is associated with the underlying. That default provision differs from the asymmetrical default provision in the above example contract since it is not limited to compensating only the nondefaulting party for a loss incurred and is not solely within the control of the defaulting party.

If the commodity forward contract does not have the characteristic of net settlement under paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) but has the characteristic of net settlement under paragraph 9(c) because it requires delivery of a commodity that is readily convertible to cash, the commodity forward contract may nevertheless be eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception in paragraph 10(b) and if so, would not be subject to the accounting requirements of Statement 133 for the party to whom it is a normal purchase or normal sale.

DIG Implementation Issue A10 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea10.html 

Title: Definition of a Derivative: Assets That Are Readily Convertible to Cash

Paragraph references: 6(c), 9(c), Footnote 5 (to paragraph 9), 265

Date released: November 1999

QUESTION

Is an asset considered readily convertible to cash, as that phrase is used in paragraph 9(c), if the net amount of cash that would be received from a sale in an active market is not the equivalent amount of cash that an entity would typically have received under a net settlement provision? The net amount of cash that would be received from a sale in an active market may be impacted by various factors, such as sales commissions and costs to transport the asset (such as a commodity) to the delivery location specified for that active market.

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 9(c) of Statement 133 provides that a contract that requires delivery of the assets associated with the underlying has the characteristic of net settlement if those assets are readily convertible to cash. Footnote 5 to that paragraph makes explicit reference to the use of the phrase readily convertible to cash in paragraph 83(a) of FASB Concepts Statement No. 5, Recognition and Measurement in Financial Statements of Business Enterprises.

This issue addresses whether a contract has the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(c). This issue presumes there is no net settlement provision in the contract and no market mechanism that facilitates net settlement that would cause the contract to meet the criteria in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b). A contract that is a derivative solely because it has the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(c) (since the asset to be delivered under the contract is readily convertible to cash) may yet qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception under paragraph 10(b) or the other exclusions provided in paragraph 10.

RESPONSE

It depends. An asset can be considered to be readily convertible to cash, as that phrase is used in paragraph 9(c), only if the net amount of cash that would be received from a sale in an active market is not significantly less than the amount an entity would typically have received under a net settlement provision. The net amount that would be received upon sale need not be equal to the amount typically received under a net settlement provision.

Paragraph 6(c) of Statement 133 defines net settlement, in part, as “…or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different from net settlement” (emphasis added). The basis for conclusions also comments in paragraph 265 that “…the parties generally should be indifferent as to whether they exchange cash or the assets associated with the underlying,” although the term indifferent was not intended to imply an approximate equivalence between net settlement and proceeds from sale in an active market. Based on the foregoing Statement 133 references, if an entity determines that the estimated costs that would be incurred to immediately convert the asset to cash are not significant, then receipt of that asset puts the entity in a position not substantially different from net settlement. Therefore, an entity must evaluate, in part, the significance of the estimated costs of converting the asset to cash in determining whether those assets are considered to be readily convertible to cash. For purposes of assessing significance of such costs, an entity should consider those estimated conversion costs to be significant only if they are 10 percent or more of the gross sales proceeds (based on the spot price at the inception of the contract) that would be received from the sale of those assets in the closest or most economical active market. The assessment of the significance of those conversion costs should be performed only at inception of the contract.

See also DIG Issue A9 under interest rate swap

 

 

Normal Purchase/Sale = see net settlement.

Not-for-Profit =

a reporting entity that does not compute net income as a separate caption.  This includes most governmental, educational, and charitable organizations.  Many health care entities are also nonprofit, although in recent years many of those have become profit enterprises.  Gains and losses on a hedging or nonhedging derivative instrument is to be accounted for as a change in net assets of not-for-profit entities according to Paragraph 43 on Pages 26-27 of FAS 133.   These entities may not use cash flow hedges.  Similar accounting rules apply to a defined benefit pension plan. 

Notional =

the underlying loan (e.g. bonds payable) whose interest rate is swapped in an interest rate swap contract. The "notional amount" is the book value of the notional loan. The "notional rate" is the current interest rate on the notional loan. FAS 133 on Page 3, Paragraph 6 defines a notional as "a number of currency units, shares, bushels, pounds, or other units specified in the contract." The settlement of a derivative instrument with a notional amount is determined by the interaction of that notional amount with the underlying. ." Also see Paragraphs 250-258. Go to the term underlying.

Fixed payment is required as a result of some future event unrelated to a notional amount.  Paragraphs 10a and 13 of IAS 39.  Payment provision specifies a fixed or determinable settlement to be made if the underlying behaves in a specified manner. (FAS 133 Paragraphs 6a, 7 & 5 of FAS 133.)

There were some very sticky questions raised in DIG Issue A6 about commodity contracts where the number of items are not specified.  See http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea6.html 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

O-Terms

OCI = see comprehensive income.

Off-the-Run Treasury Issues

those Treasury issues that have been auctioned before in-the-run issues. They tend to be less liquid and have higher bid-ask spreads

On-the-run Treasury Issues =

the most recently auctioned Treasury issues for each maturity. They are highly liquid and tend to have lower bid-ask spreads

Open Position

a financial risk that is not hedged.  See hedge.

Option =

a contract that gives the purchaser the right to buy or sell an asset (such as a unit of foreign currency) at a specified price within a specified time period. A call option gives the holder the right to buy the underlying asset; a put option gives the holder the right to sell it.  The price of the option is called a premium.  Singular options or a combination of options can be designated as hedges according to Paragraph 20c on Page 12 of FAS 133.   For example, an interest rate collar combination of a put and call options or circus combinations may qualify as hedges unless a net premium is received giving rise to written option complications.

Everything you wanted to know about options investing (except on how to account for them under FAS 133)
Optionetics Education Center --- http://www.optionetics.com/education.asp 

Call options are illustrated in Example 9 of FAS 133 in Paragraphs 162-164.  An option is "in-the-money" if the holder would benefit from exercising it now. A call option is in-the-money if the strike price (the exercise price) is below the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is in-the-money if the strike price is above the market price. Intrinsic value is equal to the difference between the strike price and the market price.   An option is "out-of-the-money" if the holder would not benefit from exercising it now. A call option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is above the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is below the market price. The key distinction between contracts versus futures/forward contracts is that an option is purchased up front and the buyer has a right but not an obligation to execute the option in the future, In other words, the most the option buyer can lose is the option price. In the case of forwards and futures, there is an obligation to perform in the future. The writer (seller) of an option, however, has an obligation to perform if the option is exercised by the buyer. FAS 133 rules for purchased options are much different than for written options.  For rules regarding written options see Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133.  Exposure Draft 162-B would not allow hedge accounting for written options.  FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401.  

The partitioning of an option's value between intrinsic and time value partitions is important subsequent to the purchase of an option.  On the acquisition date, the option is recorded at the premium (purchase price) the paid.  Subsequent to the purchase date, the option is marked to fair value equal to subsequent changes in quoted premiums.  If the option qualifies as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, changes in the time value of the option are debited or credited to current earnings.  Changes in the intrinsic value, however, are posted to comprehensive income (OCI)See the CapIT Corporation and FloorIT Corporation cases at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/133cases/000index.htm.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.   In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.  Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.

Options are referred to extensively in FAS 133. See for example Paragraphs 60-61, 85-88, 102, 188., and 284.  For a discussion of combination options, see compound derivatives.   Also see intrinsic value, swaptionrange forward, covered call, and written option.

Options are valued in a variety of ways.  At the web URL http://207.87.27.10/forbes/97/0616/5912218a.htm , Forbes Magazine provides an interesting overview on valuing options.   If options are purchased on organized exchanges then there are market values.  However, trading in certain kinds of options may be thin such that market prices are not solid indicators of value.   Many options are custom contracts that are not traded on exchanges.  These can be valued in various models, the best known of which are variations of the binomial option pricing model and the Black-Scholes model.  Variations arise regarding such factors as type of option (e.g., European versus American) and degree to which underlying assumptions (e.g., normal distribution) are deemed reasonable.  More troublesome are such assumptions as transactions costs, no taxes, a constant risk free interest rate, a continuous market for the underlying with no jumps in prices, and other assumptions such as the distribution of asset returns being log-normal.   Fortunately these models are quite robust in terms of departures from the assumptions.   Online and downloading calculators for the Black-Scholes model are linked below:

European Options http://www.iwu.edu/~akapur/java/bscapplet.html (also derives a graph)

A free Java version http://www.iwu.edu/~akapur/java/bss.html

Free download calculator http://www.missouri.edu/~fincc/fincalc.html

That wonderful Forbes site at http://207.87.27.10/forbes/97/0616/5912218a.htm

All sorts of freeware and shareware http://www.e-analytics.com/softdi/soft4d.htm

Various free versions http://www.numa.com/links/online-c.htm

Various online calculators for investors at http://www.global-investor.com/dir/g-calcs.htm

Still more calculators at http://www.winfiles.com/apps/98/calc-finance.html

A $49.95 Excel version at http://shoga.wwa.com/~petrov/order.html

Various choices at http://www.rcmfinancial.com/spreadsheet.htm

Various choices at http://www.finplan.com/invest/invtools.htm

A shareware site at http://www.bsoftware.com/v2/a16c39p0.htm

Windows 3.x versions at http://www.simtel.iif.hu/simtel.net/win3/finance.html

By way of illustration of interest rate options, suppose a September Eurodollar call option has a strike price of 9550 basis points (95.50%) that nets out an option interest rate strike price of 100% -  95.50% = 4.50%.   Adding a 0.10 option premium to this nets out to 100% - 95.50% - 0.10% = 4.40%.    Interest rate call options are used to hedge against falling interest rates.   The cost of each basis point is $25 such that with a 0.10 option premium, the cost of the September call option is (10 basis points)($25) = $250.  Settlements are in cash and no actual transfer of securities take place if the purchaser of the option chooses to exercise the call option.  Suppose that the call option had been used to hedge a Eurodollar futures contract that settled in September for 9500.  The fall in interest rates by 50 basis points is hedged by the rise in the call option by an equivalent amount.   

A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(FAS 133 Paragraph 124).  A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure from changes in fair values or cash flows (IAS 39 Paragraph 124).  Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c or 28c).

Yahoo Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread use of options.  That web site, however, will not help much with respect to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133.  Also see CBOE, CBOT, and CME for some great tutorials on options investing and hedging.

Option Pricing Theory =

a theory that is too complex to define in this glossary.  Options pricing theory (OPT) is sometimes called an options pricing model (OPM).  The general idea is that an investment at any level of risk, including an investment that is not traded on the open market, can be valued by a portfolio of investments that are traded on exchanges.   A good review is provided by Robert Merton in "Applications of Option-Pricing Theory:  Twenty Five Years Later,"  American Economic Review, June 1998, 323-349.  Closely related is Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT).  OPT and APT in theory overcome many of the limitations of CAPM.  However, they have problems of their own that I attempted to touch upon in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm    See Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) Fund.

Out-of-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.

Overlay Program =

a program designed to reduce the currency risk in an international asset portfolio.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

P-Terms

Participating Strategy =

a combination of a purchased option and a written option, with the written option on a smaller foreign currency amount.

Portfolio Hedging = see dynamic portfolio management.  Also see my summary of key paragraphs in FAS 133 on portfolio/macro hedging.

Premium =

the price paid/received to enter into certain types of derivative contracts.  For example, the price paid to enter into a futures contract, forward contract, interest rate swap, warrant, or option is called the premium.  In the case of exchange-traded contracts (e.g., options, futures, and futures options), there is generally a premium.  In custom-contract derivatives (e.g., forward contracts, forward rate agreements, swaps and some embedded options), however, it is common to not have any premium paid by one party to the other party.  There may be legal fees and brokerage costs, but these are not part of the premium and are accounted for separately.  If they are very small relative to both the underlying and the premium, they are often posted to current earnings.  However, in theory the brokerage fees, legal fees, and  premium should be amortized against future settlements of the derivative instrument. 

Paragraphs 6b on Page 3 and 57b on Page 35 of FAS 133 require that the for any FAS 133 derivative instrument, the premium itself must be "smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors."  This condition is ambiguous.  However, this rules out short sale contracts that carry an implicit requirement to own or purchase and resell an entire asset rather than having a cash settlement.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm  

IAS 39
Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of all financial instruments.

FAS 133
FASB does not address transaction costs. Such costs can be included in or excluded in initial measurement of financial instruments.

 

Principal Only Strip =

a contract that calls for cash settlement for the principal but not the interest of a note. See embedded derivatives. Except in certain conditions, interest-only and principal only strips are not covered in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 14 and 310.

Put = see option.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Q-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

R-Terms

Range Floater = see floater.

Range Forward =

a combination of a purchased option and a written option on equal amounts of currency with a "range" between the strike prices. The premium on the written option offsets the premium on the purchased option.  See option.

Ratchet Floater = see floater.

Regular-Way Security Trade = see net settlement.

Related Party Transaction =

a transaction between related entities that may not act independently of one another.   For example, a forecasted transaction between a parent company and its subsidiary or between subsidiaries having a common parent is a related party transaction.  Related party forecasted transactions cannot be designated for cash flow hedges according to Paragraph 29c on Page 20 of FAS 133.  The one exception is for a foreign currency risk exposure in a currency other than than the functional currency and other criteria listed in Paragraph 40 on Pages 25-26.  Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487.

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity method.

.

Reporting Currency =

the currency in which an enterprise prepares its financial statements.

Reset date = 

refers to the date upon which the variable swap rate will be changed to the prevailing market rate

Risks =

the various types of financial risks, including market price risk, market interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and credit risk. These are discussed in FAS 133, Pages 184-186. FAS 133 does not take up such things as tax rate swaps and credit swaps. Mention is given to nonfinancial assets and liabilities in Paragraphs 416-421.  Other risks are mentioned in Paragraph 408.  Only three types of risks can receive hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133.  For details see derivative financial instruments.

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  See held-to-maturity.

Firm commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already recognized.  See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  See derivative financial instrument.

A good site dealing with credit risk is at http://www.numa.com/ref/volatili.htm

For more on the topic of risk measurement and disclosure, see disclosure.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

S-Terms

Settlement Date =

the date at which a payable is paid or a receivable is collected.

Paul Pacter notes the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
An enterprise will recognise normal purchases of securities in the market place either at trade date or settlement date. If settlement date accounting is used, IAS 39 requires recognition of certain value changes between trade and settlement dates so that the income statement effects are the same for all enterprises
.

FAS 133
FASB does not address trade date vs. settlement date. Value change between trade and settlements dates may be included in or excluded from measurement of net income.

 

SFAS 133 and FAS 138  = 

a standard issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) in June 1998.  SFAS 133 (or FAS 133) was amended by SFAS 138 (FAS 138) released on June 15, 2000.  You can read more about FAS 133 and FAS 138  and other FASB standards at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/st/stpg.htmlNote that the FASB's FAS 133 becomes required for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2001.  Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively.   The January 1, 2001 effective date changed from the original starting date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.   For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June 15, 2000The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS 39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning on the same January 1, 2001.  Earlier application permitted for financial years ending after March 15, 1999 

Publication Number 186-B, June 1998, Product Code S133
FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Telephone (800) 748-0659 or go to web site http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/home2.html
Copies are $11.50 each and are subject to academic discounting.

The FASB created a special Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG).  Some general DIG exceptions to the scope of FAS 133 are listed in the "C" category at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 

A number of important issues that surfaced in the DIG have resulted in a new standard FAS 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133, Released June 15, 2000 --- http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/public/index.html

My introduction to FAS 138 (Amendments to FAS 133) and some key DIG issues at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138intro.htm 

The FASB has a CD-ROM course at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/ 

The FASB's Derivatives Implementation Group website is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/digsum.html

FAS 133 replaces the Exposure Draft publication Number 162-B, June 1996 .

The International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) later came out with IAS 39 which is similar to but less detailed than FAS 133. 

The FASB address is Financial Accounting Standards Board, P.O. Box 5116, Norwalk, CT 06856-5116. Phone: 203-847-0700 and Fax: 203-849-9714.  The web site is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/

The for-free IASC comparison study of IAS 39 versus FAS 133 (by Paul Pacter) at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm

The non-free FASB comparison study of all standards entitled The IASC-U.S. Comparison Project: A Report on the Similarities and Differences between IASC Standards and U.S. GAAP
SECOND EDITION, (October 1999) at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/IASC/iascus2d.html

You can read more about the FAS 133 history in my transcriptions listed in the Table of Contents of this document.  Also see disclosure.

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

 

Short =

Ownership of an investment position, security, or instrument such that falling market prices will benefit the owner.  This is also known as a short position.  For example, the purchase of a put option is a short position because the owner of the put option goes in the money with falling prices.   A short position may also arise when investor incurs rights and obligations that mirror the risk-return characteristics of another investor's asset position such that a change in value in opposite directions to that asset position.  See also long.

Short sales do not meet Paragraph 6b, Page 3, definition of a FAS 133 derivative instrument if they require a significant initial investment premium.   Footnote 18 on Page 39 and Paragraph 290 on Page 145 leave the door partly ajar for declaring short sales to be derivative instruments and qualify as fair value hedges.   Paragraph 20, however, does not allow nonderivative instruments to be fair value hedges.  Short sales of borrowed security hedges do not meet the Paragraphs 6b and 8 criteria to qualify as derivative hedging instruments.  Short sales of borrowed securities are defined, in Paragraph 59d on Page 39 of FAS 133, in terms of having at least one of the following activities: 

(1) Selling a security (by the short seller to the purchaser)

(2) Borrowing a security (by the short seller from the lender)

(3) Delivering the borrowed security (by the short seller to the purchaser)

(4) Purchasing a security (by the short seller from the market)

(5) Delivering the purchased security (by the short seller to the lender).

Those five activities involve three separate contracts. A contract
that distinguishes a short sale involves activities (2) and (5), borrowing a security and replacing it by delivering an identical security. Such a contract has two of the three characteristics of a derivative instrument.  The settlement is based on an underlying (the price of the security) and a notional amount (the face amount of the security or the number of shares),and the settlement is made by delivery of a security that is readily convertible to cash. However, the other characteristic, little or no initial net investment, is not present. The borrowed security is the lender's initial net investment in the contract. Consequently, the contract relating to activities (2) and (5) is not a derivative instrument.  The other two contracts (one for activities (1) and (3) and the other for activity (4)) are routine and do not generally involve derivative instruments. However, if a forward purchase or sale is involved, and the contract does not qualify for the exception in paragraph 10(a), it is subject to the requirements of this Statement.

In Paragraph 290 on Page 145 of FAS 133, the FASB wavered on certain types of contracts as follows:

Several respondents to the Exposure Draft asked the Board for specific guidance about whether some contracts meet the definition of a derivative instrument, including sales of securities not yet owned ("short sales"), take-or-pay contracts, and contracts with liquidating damages or other termination clauses. The Board cannot definitively state whether those types of contracts will always (or never) meet the definition because their terms and related customary practices vary.

Short-Cut Method for Interest Rate Swaps =

steps to computing interest accruals and amortization adjustments for interest rate swaps that have no ineffectiveness.   The main attractiveness of the shortcut it that for interest rate swaps, quarterly testing for hedge ineffectiveness is not required.  Whenever possible, firms seek to use the shortcut method.  For interest rate swap cash flow hedges the short-cut method steps are listed in Paragraph 132 on Pages 72-73 of FAS 133.  For fair value hedges, see Paragraph 114 on Page 62 of FAS 133See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions that have to be met if an entity is to assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset/liability and an interest rate swap.  Also see interest rate swaps, transition accounting, and basis adjustment.

If the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the entire hedged asset/liability or hedged forecasted transaction are the same, an enterprise could conclude that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing basis.  For example, an entity may assume that a hedge of a forecasted purchase of a commodity with a forward contract will be highly effective and that there will be no ineffectiveness to be recognized in net profit or loss if:

(a) the forward contract is for purchase of the same quantity of the same commodity at the same time and location as the hedged forecasted purchase.

(b) the fair value of the forward contract at inception is zero.

(c) either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in net profit or loss or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity 
(IAS 39 Paragraph 151)
(FAS 133 Paragraph 65)

Short Cut Method Criteria
In General

Notional amount matches principal
FV of swap at inception is zero
Net settlements computed in same way
Hedged item is not prepayable (except for embedded calls that have mirrored
   puts in the swap)
The index on the variable leg of the swap matches the benchmark interest rate
   designated as the hedged item
Other terms are typical

Cash Flow Hedges

All cash flows are designated as hedged
No floor/cap on the swap unless hedged item
   has floor/cap
Repricing dates of the swap must match hedged item

Fair Value Hedges

Expiration dates match
No floor or ceiling
Re-pricing internals frequent

Message 1 on the short-cut method from Ira Kawaller

Hi Bob,

I recently posted an article on my web site, "The Impact of FAS 133: Do Swaps Still Work." It just came out in the July issue of Futures and Options World. It shows how critical it is for hedgers to qualify for the "shortcut" hedge treatment when swapping from fixed to floating interest rates. You can download the article by clicking here: http://www.kawaller.com/articles.htm 

If you haven't been to the Kawaller & Company web site in a while, it's been re-designed (with the expert help of my son, Geremy). I've added a number recently published articles and provided a fair amount of background information on FAS 133. I'd like to encourage you to check it out, and I'd be pleased to get your comments and/or suggestions.

Thanks for your consideration. Hope all is well.

Ira Kawaller & Company, LLC (718) 694-6270 kawaller@idt.net www.kawaller.com 

Message 2 on the short-cut method from Ira Kawaller

Hi Bob,

I wanted to alert you to the fact that I've added a new article to my site, " The Impact of FAS 133 Accounting Rules on the Market for Swaps, " which just came out in the latest issue of AFP Express. It deals with the consequences of not qualifying for the shortcut treatment when interest rate swaps are used in fair value hedges. (It's not pretty.)

You should be able to find the paper by clicking on to my web address (below) and going to "Articles." It's the last one listed in the section, "Interest Rate Articles." While I'm writing, I've also updated my calendar, which includes a variety of conferences and tutorials covering derivatives generally and FAS 133 issues in particular. If you have any questions about anything you find,

I'd be happy to hear from you.

Ira
Kawaller & Company, LLC
(718) 694-6270
kawaller@idt.net
www.kawaller.com
 

DIG Issue E4 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuee4.html 
QUESTIONS

Can the shortcut method be applied if most but not all of the applicable conditions in paragraph 68 are met?

Can that shortcut method be applied to hedging relationships that involve hedging instruments other than interest rate swaps or that involve hedged risks other than market interest rate risk?

Can the shortcut method be applied to a fair value hedge of a callable interest-bearing debt instrument if the hedging interest rate swap has matching call provisions?

BACKGROUND

The conditions for assuming no ineffectiveness and thus being able to apply the shortcut method are listed in paragraph 68, which states in part:

An entity may assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset or liability and an interest rate swap if all of the applicable conditions in the following list are met.... Paragraphs 114 and 132 discuss the steps to be used in applying the shortcut method to Examples 2 and 5, respectively.

RESPONSE

Question 1 No. The shortcut method can be applied only if all of the applicable conditions in paragraph 68 are met. That is, all the conditions applicable to fair value hedges must be met to apply the shortcut method to a fair value hedge and all the conditions applicable to cash flow hedges must be met to apply the shortcut method to a cash flow hedge. A hedging relationship cannot qualify for application of the shortcut method based on an assumption of no ineffectiveness justified by applying other criteria.

Given the potential for not recognizing hedge ineffectiveness in earnings under the shortcut method, Statement 133 intentionally limits its application only to hedging relationships that meet each and every applicable condition in paragraph 68. Thus, if the interest rate swap at the inception of the hedging relationship has a positive or negative fair value, the shortcut method cannot be used even if all the other conditions are met. (See condition 68(b).) Similarly, because a callable financial instrument is prepayable, the shortcut method cannot be applied to a debt instrument that contains an embedded call option (unless the hedging interest rate swap in a fair value hedge contains a mirror-image call option, as discussed in Question 3). (See condition 68(d).) The verb match is used in the specified conditions in paragraph 68 to mean be exactly the same or correspond exactly.

Question 2 No. Because paragraph 68 specifies only a hedging relationship that involves only an interest rate swap as the hedging instrument, the shortcut method cannot be applied to relationships hedging interest rate risk that involve hedging instruments other than interest rate swaps. Similarly, the shortcut method described in paragraphs 114 and 132 cannot be applied to hedging relationships that involve hedged risks other than the risk of changes in fair value (or cash flows) attributable to changes in market interest rates. However, the inability to apply the shortcut method to a hedging relationship does not suggest that that relationship must result in some ineffectiveness. Paragraph 65 points out a situation in which a hedging relationship involving a commodities forward contract would be considered to result in no ineffectiveness.

Question 3 An entity is not precluded from applying the shortcut method to a fair value hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset or liability that is prepayable due to an embedded call option provided that the hedging interest rate swap contains an embedded mirror-image call option. The call option embedded in the swap is considered a mirror image of the call option embedded in the hedged item if (a) the terms of the two call options match exactly (including matching maturities, related notional amounts, timing and frequency of payments, and dates on which the instruments may be called) and (b) the entity is the writer of one call option and the holder (or purchaser) of the other call option.

Similarly, an entity is not precluded from applying the shortcut method to a fair value hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset or liability that is prepayable due to an embedded put option provided the hedging interest rate swap contains an embedded mirror-image put option.

General Comments Statement 133 acknowledges in paragraph 70 that a hedging relationship that meets all of the applicable conditions in paragraph 68 may nevertheless involve some ineffectiveness (notwithstanding the supposed “assumption of no ineffectiveness”). Yet Statement 133 permits application of the shortcut method, which does not recognize such ineffectiveness currently in earnings. For example, the change in the fair value of an interest rate swap may not offset the change in the fair value of a fixed-rate receivable attributable to the hedged risk (resulting in hedge ineffectiveness) due to either (a) a change in the creditworthiness of the counterparty on the swap or (b) a change in the credit spread over the base Treasury rate for the debtor’s particular credit sector (sometimes referred to as a change in the sector spread). Although an expectation of such hedge ineffectiveness potentially could either (a) preclude fair value hedge accounting at inception or (b) trigger current recognition in earnings under regular fair value hedge accounting, the shortcut method masks that ineffectiveness and does not require its current recognition in earnings. In fact, the shortcut method does not even require that the change in the fair value of the hedged fixed-rate receivable attributable to the hedged risk be calculated.

Although a hedging relationship may not qualify for the shortcut method, the application of regular fair value hedge accounting may nevertheless result in recognizing no ineffectiveness. For example, an analysis of the characteristics of the hedged item and the hedging derivative may, in some circumstances, cause an entity’s calculation of the change in the hedged item’s fair value attributable to the hedged risk to be an amount that is equal and offsetting to the change in the derivative’s fair value. In those circumstances, because there is no ineffectiveness that needs to be reported, the result of the fair value hedge accounting would be the same as under the shortcut method.

At its July 28, 1999 meeting, the Board reached the above answer to Question 3. Absent that, the staff would have been able to provide only the answer that because a callable financial instrument is prepayable, the shortcut method cannot be applied to a callable debt instrument even if the hedging interest rate swap has a matching call provision. The Board noted that, in developing the provisions in paragraph 68(d), it had not focused on situations in which the hedging interest rate swap contains a mirror-image call provision and, had it focused on the situation described above, it would have arrived at the above guidance.

 

 

Derivatives Implementation Group

Title: Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption

Paragraph references: 48, 52, 68

Date released: November 1999

QUESTIONS

For a hedging relationship that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133 and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, may the transition adjustment upon initial adoption be calculated as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship?

In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, should the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (that the derivative has a zero fair value) be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption?

RESPONSES

Question 1 Yes. For a hedging relationship that involves an interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument, that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133, and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, an entity may choose to calculate the transition adjustment upon initial adoption either (a) pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 52, as discussed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. J8, "Adjusting the Hedged Item's Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship," or (b) as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship, as discussed below. Under either approach, the interest rate swap would be recognized in the statement of financial position as either an asset or liability measured at fair value.

If the previous hedging relationship was a fair-value-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income. The hedged item's carrying amount would be adjusted to the amount that it would have been had the shortcut method for a fair value hedge of interest rate risk been applied from the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship; that adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

If the previous hedging relationship was a cash-flow-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and allocated between a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income and a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income, as follows. The cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income would be the amount necessary to adjust the balance of other comprehensive income to the amount that it would have been related to that swap on the date of initial adoption had the shortcut method been applied from the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship. The remainder, if any, of the transition adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

Question 2 Yes. In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (requiring that the derivative has a zero fair value) should be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption. However, if the hedging relationship that is designated upon adoption of Statement 133 is not the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship (that is, not the same hedging instrument and same hedged item or transaction), then the decision regarding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 should be based on the fair value of the swap at the date of initial adoption.

 

Short Sale = see short.

Soft Currency =

a currency that depreciates rapidly because-use of the country's high inflation rate. Soft currencies are less actively traded on world markets than hard currencies and are often subject to strict controls by the country's central bank.

Software for FAS 133

FinancialCAD --- http://www.fincad.com/ 

FinancialCAD products are changing the way that more than 2,400 organizations in over 60 countries work with financial instruments.

A powerful financial analytics add-in application for Microsoft Excel. Access over 550 analytical functions to value financial instruments, mark portfolios to market and manage risk. Try it now. Download

A comprehensive development toolkit (SDK) to build software applications and online services using state-of-the-art, industry standard financial analytics. Gain direct access to the fincad math library of over 550 functions. Try it now. Download

A secure, web-based FAS 133 Audit Support solution for your business. Simply load in your transaction details, define your hedges and get the reports you need for FAS 133 compliance. Try it at no cost or obligation. Get an Account. Login.

Put your financial instrument business on the web with fincad.net Open Web Services. Empower your development team with a powerful programming interface to fincad.net and control how you use the comprehensive financial instrument management services available for derivative, OTC and Exchange Instruments.

With fincad.net Open Web Services, you gain programmatic access to hundreds of financial business objects to develop scalable, enterprise capable applications using XML, Visual Basic, C++ or C#. Build applications requiring comprehensive financial instrument coverage, user-to-enterprise portfolio mark-to-market, risk aggregation, transaction capture, FAS 133 audit support and cross currency support.

Even use our enterprise class user administration and security tools to distribute the task of assigning usernames and passwords. Your end-users require only a web browser, username and password. Test drive it today at no cost or obligation.

 

Message 1 from Todd Johnson

Dear Bob,

I stumbled across your website while surfing. The first thing I'd like to say is congratulations, and thanks. You've assembled a wonderful collection of information regarding FAS 133. As a salesrep for a company that sells a software package that provides full front-middle-back office functionality to end-users of derivatives, one of my biggest challenges is the fact that there is such a lack of understanding of FAS 133. The software we sell is called PAS (Principia Analytic System) and we believe it truly is the most robust software of it's kind. I'm hoping that you've already heard of Principia. If you haven't, please take a minute to look at our site http://www.ppllc.com . And please send me your snail-mail address. I'd like to send you some of our product literature.

Sincerely,

Todd Johnson 

(201) 946-0300 johnson@ppllc.com 

Message 2 from Todd Johnson

Dear Bob,

Thanks for your response. Hedge effectiveness testing is definitely a key portion of the functionality of PAS. "Do you handle effectiveness testing?" is such a broad question that it deserves more than just a yes/no response. In terms of actual effectiveness of existing hedges, the rules-based sub ledger of PAS will create adjusting journal entries where appropriate. E.g. to swing from OCI to Income when a derivative throws off more than an AFS security. In terms of prospective effectiveness testing, PAS is able to perform a variety of tests, correlation analysis, scenario analysis, VaR calculations, etc.

Please call me at 201-946-0300 so we can discuss this in greater detail. Then I will send you some slides that demonstrate some examples. If you are interested I'd be happy to set up a demonstration at one of your workshops.

Todd Johnson 

(201) 946-0300 johnson@ppllc.com 

Excerpt from Bob Jensen's July 12, 2000 edition of New Bookmarks.

Although I never receive fees for "advertising" a product or service on my website, I am disclosing the following promotional news about FAS 133 consulting from Kamakura.  Kamakura has a rather unique "send in your data" consulting.  In particular, I call your attention to the FAS 133-sytle of consulting from Kamakura. It seems to operate similar to what big accounting firms do internally with their own partners and managers.  See http://www.kamakuraco.com/kops%5F1.htm 

If you find similar online FAS 133 or FAS 39 software and consulting services, I would love to thread these together for readers.  For more this and other software alternatives, take a look at 

Kamakura recognizes that many financial institutions and corporations need risk management results without the expense and bureaucracy associated with the purchase, installation and operation of a third-party risk management software system.

Kamakura On-Line Processing Services (KOPS) was launched in June, 2000 with a number of special features that make KOPS by far the best way to get professional risk management analytics with a minimum of expense:

§         You can send us data in your format, not ours. We’ll do the rest.

§         We send you the results in your format, not ours.

§         We offer next day turn-around time for regular KOPS users and real-time capability on request.

§         There is no limit, large or small, on the number of tranactions we can process.  We have clients processing many millions of transactions.

Who Should Use KOPS for Risk Management Processing?

Many institutions would benefit from using KOPS either on a one-time basis or on a regular basis:

§         Institutions who need to provide certification for Financial Accounting Standard 133 (FAS 133) but don’t have the time, staff or software to do so on their own

§         Institutions who are considering a merger and need risk analytics for due diligence purposes

§         Institutions who are currently relying for valuation on third parties with a conflict of interest, like securities dealers who sold the transactions being valued to the institution

§         Institutions who are too understaffed to operate third party risk software themselves

§         Institutions who are interested in Kamakura’s world-famous risk analytics but who would like to see the quality and breadth of the Kamakura Risk Manager software system in operation on their data before making a purchase decision

§         Institutions who are too busy to map data to conform to someone else’s specifications

§         Institutions who would like to have some of the world’s best risk managers overseeing their risk analytics without paying their salaries

§         Institutions who face a difficult risk management issue internally that would benefit from a third-party analysis

§         Institutions who need a third-party “audit” of valuation, value at risk or net income simulation produced by internal staff

§         Institutions who need an “audit” to check some other third party software package

Why Use Kamakura Instead of Another Application Service Provider?

Kamakura is the most reliable risk processing service provider for many reasons:

§         The quality of the numbers matters.  We have analytics overseen by Professor Robert Jarrow, 1997 IAFE Financial Engineer of the Year

§         We make the software that does the work.  We don’t have to rely on a third party to produce analysis for you.

§         We’ve worked for all five of the five largest banks in the world.  We’ve advised on the resolution of the Orange County incident.  We’ve helped straighten out a $500 million derivatives dispute. We’re not just a pretty web site.

§         We make it easier. Just send us your data and we’ll do the rest.

§         We produce the information that others use to drive their risk analysis.  See our Kamakura Risk Information Services for more information.  Even the faculty in the Economics Department at Harvard University uses Kamakura information for research.

§         You know us and so do your regulators and your Board of Directors. We’ve written six books and 100 academic articles.

Spot Price or Spot Rate =

the current market price of a commodity or the current market rate for interest or foreign exchange conversions.  Importance of spot prices or spot rates appears in nearly every SFAS example.  For instance see  Example 10 Paragraphs 165-172..   Also see intrinsic value, Tom/Next and yield curve.

Stock Appreciation Right =

a form of employee compensation that gives cash or stock to employees based upon a contractual formula pegged to the change in common stock price.

Stop-loss/Take-profit =

a strategy under which a company asks a dealer to buy or sell a currency if and when a particular rate is reached. Assuming the willingness and reliability of the dealer, it can be an inexpensive alternative to an option.

Strike Price =

the exercise price of an option.   This is a key component in measuring an option's intrinsic value.  See option .

Strip =

see interest-only strip, principal-only strip, and embedded derivatives.

Struggle Statement =

a statement of unrecognized gains and losses that do not impact upon the derivation of net income.  The term is used in England where struggle statements are used in place of disclosing unrecognized gains and losses in equity statements or comprehensive income disclosures pursuant with SFAS 130.  The IASC permits struggle statement disclosures of unrecognized cash flow hedge gains and losses, whereas the FASB in the United States requires the use of comprehensive income accounting.  Paul Pacter briefly refers to the struggle statement in my pacter.htm file.  See comprehensive income.

Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the struggle statement.

Swap =

an agreement in which two parties exchange payments over a period of time. The purpose is normally to transform debt payments from one interest rate base to another, for example, from fixed to floating or from one currency to another. See swaption, currency swap, contango swap, and interest rate swap .

Swaption =

an option on a swap.  Swaptions are usually interest rate options used to hedge long-term debt.  When a company has an interest rate swap, a swaption can be used to close out the swap.  A swaption can also be used to enter into an interest rate swap.   The majority are European options in terms of settlements.  Swaptions may be cash flow hedges, including written swaptions (i.e. a written option on a swap).  Paragraph 20c on Page 12 makes it possible for a swaption to qualify as a fair value hedge under the following circumstances:

If a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for gains as a result of a favorable change in the fair value of the combined instruments as exposure to losses from an unfavorable change in their combined fair value. That test is met if all possible percentage favorable changes in the underlying (from zero percent to 100 percent) would provide at least as much gain as the loss that would be incurred from an unfavorable change in the underlying of the same percentage.

One of my students defines the following types of swaptions: 

call swaption - type of swaption giving the owner the right to enter into a swap where he receives fixed and pays floating

callable swap - type of swaption in which the fixed payer has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the swap on or
before a scheduled maturity date

expiration date - date by which the option must be exercised

extendible swap - type of swaption in which the counterparties have the right to extend the swap beyond its stated maturity date as per an agreed upon schedule

put swaption - type of swaption giving the owner the right to enter into a swap where he receives floating and pays fixed

putable swap - type of swaption in which the variable payer has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the swap on or before a scheduled maturity date

Her entire project is linked below:

Suzanne M. Winegar For her case and case solution entitled Understanding swaptions: A case study click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/swinegar/swaption.htm .  She writes as follows:

The objective of this case is to provide an example of a company that purchases an interest rate swaption in order to hedge the variability of its interest payments. Swaptions are a type of derivative financial instrument for which there are no accounting standards or guidelines. This case explains one method that could be used to account for swaptions and mark them to market. In order to mark the swaptions to market, this case uses the Black-Scholes Model to determine the fair value of the swaption. The case presents a series of questions dealing with valuation and accounting issues, and ends with a discussion of the risk involved in using swaption derivatives.

Synthetic Instrument =

the artificial creation of an asset using combinations of other assets. For example, call option or a put option (which amounts to a synthetic long stock), or a long put option and a short call option (a synthetic short stock).  In the area of futures contracts, a synthetic long futures position is created by combining a long call option and a short put option for the same expiration date and the same strike price. A synthetic short futures is created by combining a long put and a short call with the same expiration date and the same strike price.   See compound derivatives.

Synthetic Instrument Accounting =

the popular form of accounting, prior to FAS 133, in which a hedged item and the hedging instrument were presented as a single sythetic instrument.  FAS 133 does not allow synthetic instrument accounting.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

T-Terms

Tailing Strategy = see futures contract.

Take-or-Pay

A form of contracting commonly used for off-balance sheet financing.   Three or more credit-worthy companies form a joint venture in which no single company has voting control and does not have to bring the joint venture into its consolidated financial statements.  The joint venture is able to borrow enormous amounts of capital because of purchase contracts with its owners to "take the product" such as crude oil produced or "pay" for the product whether it is taken or not.  When the "product" is a pipeline distribution service rather than a physical product per se, the contracts are generally called "through put" contracts.  The FASB wavered on taking specific action on such contracts in FAS 133.  For details see short.

Tandem Hedge = see foreign currency hedge.

Tax Hedging =

FAS 133 permits after-tax hedging of foreign currency risk and/or market price risk.  The hedge must be entered into to reduce taxes, and the item hedged must be ordinary assets or liabilities in the normal course of the taxpayer's business.  See hedge.

Tax Rate Swap =

a swap of tax rates. One of my students wrote the following case just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:

Jennifer K. Robinson   For her case and case solution entitled TAX RATE SWAPS click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jrobinso/Jensen.html .  She states the following:

This case examines an unusual type of derivative called a tax rate swap and its accounting treatment.  Tax rate swaps are rare due to the relatively stable nature of tax rates in most nations. In certain circumstances, however, they can provide an effective means for one company to "lock-in" its current tax rate while another company speculates that that rate will change in its favor. Examination of this case should provide an introduction to the workings of a tax rate swap, as well as the suggested accounting treatment for such a transaction. (Note: It is important to know that tax rate swaps, described in this paper, and tax swaps are very different.)

Term Structure =

yield patterns in which returns of future cash flows are not necessarily discounted at the same interest rates.  Yield curves may have increasing or decreasing yield rates over time.  However, it is much more common for the rates yields to increase over time.  Theories vary as to why.  One theory known as expectations theory based on the assumption that borrowers form long-term expectations and then choose a rollover strategy if short-term rates are less than long-term expectations and vice versa.  Lenders form their own expectations.   Expectations theory postulates that long-term interest rates are a geometric average of expected short term interest rates.   Liquidity preference theory postulates that investors add a liquidity preference premium on longer-term investments that gives rise to an upward sloping yield curve.  Liquidity preference theory is not consistent with the averaging process assumed in expectations theory.  Market segmentation theory is yet another theory used to explain term structures.  That theory postulates that the supply and demand for money is affected by market segments' demands for short term money that in turn affects the cost of coaxing short term lenders into making longer commitments.  Whatever the reasons, yield vary with the time to maturity, and this relationship of yield to time is known as term structure of interest rates.  See yield curve.

Time Value of an Option = see intrinsic value.

Tom/Next =

tomorrow next, a spot foreign exchange quotation for settlement the next business day rather than in the usual two business days. Rates for "tom/next" quotations are adjusted on a present-value basis.

Trading Security = see available-for-sale security and held-to-maturity.

Transaction =

a particular kind of external event, namely, an external event involving transfer of something of value (future economic benefit) between two (or more) entities. The transaction may be an exchange in which each participant both receives and sacrifices value, such as purchases or sales of goods or services; or the transaction may be a nonreciprocal transfer in which an entity incurs a liability or transfers an asset to another entity (or receives an asset or cancellation of a liability) without directly receiving (or giving) value in exchange (FASB Concepts Statement 6, paragraph 137).

Internal cost allocations or events within a consolidated reporting entity are not transactions. Internal cost allocations include depreciation and cost of sales. Events within a consolidated reporting entity include intercompany dividends and sales.

Transaction Date =

the date at which a transaction (for example, a sale or purchase of merchandise or services) is recorded in a reporting entity's accounting records.

Transaction Exposure =

exposure of a transaction denominated in a foreign currency to changes in the exchange rate between when it is agreed to and when it is settled.

Transition Adjustments = see transition settlements.

Transition Accounting

accounting rules in the transition period prior full adoption of FAS 133 or IAS 39.  FAS 133 Paragraph 48 dictates that FAS 133 accounting shall not be applied retroactively to financial statements of prior periods.  The accounting for any gains and losses on derivative instruments that arose prior to the initial application of the Statement and that were previously added to the carrying amount of recognized hedged assets or liabilities is not affected by this Statement.  Those gains and losses shall not be included in the transition adjustment (FAS 133 Paragraph 49).  

At the date of initial application, an entity shall recognize all freestanding derivative instruments (as opposed to embedded derivatives) in the statement of financial position as either assets or liabilities and measure them at fair value pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 17.  The difference between a derivative's previous carrying amount and its fair value shall be reported as a transition adjustment, as discussed in FAS 133 Paragraph 52.  The entity also shall recognize offsetting gains and losses on hedged assets, liabilities, and firm commitments by adjusting their carrying amounts at that date, as discussed in FAS 133 Paragraph 52b.  See FAS 133 Paragraphs 49, 
 50 and 51 for adjustments relating to separating an embedded derivative instrument separated from its host contract in conjunction with the initial application of this FAS 133.  Any gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other comprehensive income at the date of initial application because the derivative instruments were hedging the fair value exposure of available-for-sale securities also shall be reported as transition adjustments; the offsetting losses and gains on the securities shall be accounted pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 5. See FAS 133 Paragraph 49.  

In contrast, the derivative instrument hedging the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction related to an available-for-sale security shall remain in accumulated other comprehensive income and shall not be reported as a transition adjustment (FAS 133 Paragraph 49).  If a derivative instrument had been hedging the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction related to an available-for-sale security that is transferred into the trading category at the date of initial application and the entity had reported a gain or loss on that derivative instrument in other comprehensive income (consistent with Paragraph 115 of Statement 115), the entity also shall reclassify those derivative gains and losses into earnings (but not report them as part of the cumulative-effect-type adjustment for the transition adjustments (FAS 133 Paragraph 55).

Any gains or losses on derivative instruments that are reported independently as deferred gains or losses in the statement of financial position at the date of initial application shall be derecognized from that statement; that derecognition also shall be reported as transition adjustment as indicated in SFAS Paragraph 52 (FAS 133 Paragraph 49).  The transition adjustment for the derivative instrument that had been designated in a hedging relationship that addressed the fair value exposure of an asset, a liability, or a firm commitment shall be reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.  Concurrently, any difference between the hedged item's fair value and its carrying amount shall be recognized as an adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount at the date of initial application, but only to the extent of an offsetting transition adjustment for the derivative.
The adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount shall also be reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income  The transition adjustment related to the gain or loss reported in accumulated other comprehensive income on a derivative instrument that hedged an available-for-sale security, together with the loss or gain on the related security (to the extent of an offsetting transition adjustment for the derivative instrument), shall be reclassified to earnings as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of both net income and accumulated other comprehensive income (FAS 133 Paragraph 52b).

See FAS 133 Paragraphs 52a and 52c for how the transition adjustment relating to (1) a derivative instrument that had been designated in a hedging relationship that addressed the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction and (2) a derivative instrument that had been designated in multiple hedging relationships that addressed both the fair value exposure of an asset or a liability and the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction respectively should be reported.  Other transition adjustments not encompassed by FAS 133 Paragraphs 52(a), 52(b) and 52(c) shall be reported as part of the cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income (FAS 133 Paragraph 52d.  Note that any transition adjustment reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of accumulated other comprehensive income shall be subsequently reclassified into earnings in a manner consistent with FAS 133 Paragraph 31.  (FAS 133 Paragraph 53)

In November 1999, the DIG gave in on this dispute in terms of DIG Issue No. J9 entitled "Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption."  Now the shortcut method is available without having zero value at the transition date.

Derivatives Implementation Group

Title: Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption

Paragraph references: 48, 52, 68

Date released: November 1999

QUESTIONS

For a hedging relationship that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133 and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, may the transition adjustment upon initial adoption be calculated as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship?

In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, should the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (that the derivative has a zero fair value) be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption?

RESPONSES

Question 1 Yes. For a hedging relationship that involves an interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument, that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133, and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, an entity may choose to calculate the transition adjustment upon initial adoption either (a) pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 52, as discussed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. J8, "Adjusting the Hedged Item's Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship," or (b) as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship, as discussed below. Under either approach, the interest rate swap would be recognized in the statement of financial position as either an asset or liability measured at fair value.

If the previous hedging relationship was a fair-value-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income. The hedged item's carrying amount would be adjusted to the amount that it would have been had the shortcut method for a fair value hedge of interest rate risk been applied from the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship; that adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

If the previous hedging relationship was a cash-flow-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and allocated between a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income and a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income, as follows. The cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income would be the amount necessary to adjust the balance of other comprehensive income to the amount that it would have been related to that swap on the date of initial adoption had the shortcut method been applied from the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship. The remainder, if any, of the transition adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

Question 2 Yes. In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (requiring that the derivative has a zero fair value) should be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption. However, if the hedging relationship that is designated upon adoption of Statement 133 is not the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship (that is, not the same hedging instrument and same hedged item or transaction), then the decision regarding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 should be based on the fair value of the swap at the date of initial adoption.

*Issue J1—Embedded Derivatives Exercised or Expired Prior to Initial Application
(Cleared 02/17/99)
*Issue J2—Hedging with Intercompany Derivatives
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue J3—Requirements for Hedge Designation and Documentation on the First Day of Initial Application
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue J4—Transition Adjustment for Option Contracts Used in a Cash-Flow-Type Hedge
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue J5—Floating-Rate Currency Swaps
(Cleared 11/23/99)
*Issue J6—Fixed-Rate Currency Swaps
(Cleared 11/23/99)
*Issue J7—Transfer of Financial Assets Accounted for Like Available-for-Sale Securities into Trading
(Cleared 11/23/99)
Issue J8—Adjusting the Hedged Item's Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship
(Released 11/99)
Issue J9—Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption
(Released 11/99)

 

The international rules of the IASC for derecognition, measurement and hedge accounting policies followed in financial statements for periods prior to the effective date of this Standard should not be reversed and, therefore, those financial statements should not be restated (IAS 39 Paragraph 172a).  Transactions entered into before the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied should not be retrospectively designated as hedges (IAS 39 Paragraph 172g).  If a securitization, transfer, or other derecognition transaction was entered into prior to the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, the accounting for that transaction should not be retrospectively changed to conform to the requirements of IAS 39 (Paragraph 172h).  At the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, an enterprise should recognize all derivatives in its balance sheet as either assets or liabilities and should measure them at fair value (except for a derivative that is linked to and that must be settled by delivery of an unquoted entity instrument whose fair value cannot be measured reliably)
(IAS 39 Paragraph 172c).

At the beginning of the financial year in which IAS 39 is initially applied, any balance sheet positions in fair value hedges of existing assets and liabilities should be accounted for by adjusting their carrying amounts to reflect the fair value of the hedging instrument (IAS 39 Paragraph 172e).  At the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, an enterprise should classify a financial instrument as equity or as a liability in accordance with Paragraph 11 of IAS 39.  (See IAS 39 Paragraph 172i).

 

 

 

Transition Settlements =

settlements between certain transition dates such as the examples given in Paragraphs 51-53 in Pages 30-32 of FAS 133. See also net settlement.

Translation Adjustments =

adjustments that result from the process of translating financial statements from the entity's functional currency into the reporting currency.

Translation Exposure =

exposure that occurs when the financial statements of subsidiaries with foreign functional currencies are translated into the home currency of the parent for the purpose of consolidation.

Trearury Lock =

See Benchmark Interest.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

U-Terms

Underlying =

that which "underlies a settlement transaction formula."   FAS 133 on Page 3, Paragraph 6 defines it as a "specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rate, or other variable.  An underlying may be a price or rate of an asset or liability but is not the asset or liability itself."  An underlying component by itself does not determine the net settlement.  According to Paragraph 252 on Page 133, settlement is to be based upon the interaction between movements of underlying and notional values.  See  Paragraphs 57a and Paragraphs 250-258 of FAS 133. Also see the the terms premiumunderlying, and notional.

Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of FAS 133 mentions that the FASB considered expanding the underlying to include all derivatives based on physical variables such as rainfall levels, sports scores, physical condition of an asset, etc., but this was rejected unless the derivative itself is exchange traded.  For example, a swap payment based upon a football score is not subject to FAS 133 rules.  An option that pays damages based upon the bushels of corn damaged by hail is subject to insurance accounting rules (SFAS 60) rather than FAS 133.  A option or swap payment based upon market prices or interest rates must be accounted for by FAS 133 rules.  However, if derivative itself is exchange traded, then it is covered by FAS 133 even if it is based on a physical variable that becomes exchange traded.

For examples see cap and floater.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

V-Terms

Value at Risk (VAR) =

various mathematical models for performing probability analysis of market risk.  See dynamic portfolio Management.   VAR references include the following: 

VAR disclosures are one of the alternatives allows under SEC Rule 4-08.  See Disclosure.

Click here to view a commentary on VAR by Walter Teets.

There are some VAR working papers at http://www.gloriamundi.org/var/wps.html 

This is an excellent Value at Risk document ---> http://www.gloriamundi.org/ 

Variable Rate =

a rate that varies over time as opposed to a fixed rate.  The term is commonly used in FAS 133 to refer to debt contracts with interest that vary from period to period rather than stay fixed at a contractual rate.  Firms sometimes issue notes and bonds at variable rates in order to get a lower rate than fixed rates available to them in the capital market.  The variable rate is usually based upon some index such as the U.S. prime rate or the English LIBOR

Some debt has a combination of fixed and floating components.  For example, a "fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate.  This type of bond has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward component for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.   Since the forward component is clearly-and-closely related adjustment of interest of the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraphs 12a and 13 of FAS 133 (unless conditions listed in Paragraph 13 apply).

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

 

W-Terms

Warrants =

options that typically are attached to other financial instruments such as bonds.  Warrants, like options, give the holders' rights into the future but not obligations.  There are a wide variety of warrant types including the following:

Cross-Currency Warrants
Currency Exchange Warrants (CEWs)
Debt with Springing Warrants
Detachable Warrants
Emerging Market Warrants
Equity Index Warrants
Eurowarrants
Ex-Warrants
Foreign Stock Index Options, Warrants, and Futures
Income Warrants
Index Warrants
Long Bond Yield Decrease Warrants (Turbos)
Money Back Options or Warrants
nonDetachable Warrants
Samurai Warrants
Secondary Warrants
Springing Warrants
Synthetic Warrants
Third Party Warrants
Window Warrants
Yield Curve Flattening Warrants

Weather = See Derivative Financial Instruments

Written Option =

an option written by an "option writer" who sells options collateralized by a portfolio of securities or other performance bonds. Typically a written option is more than a mere "right" in that it requires contractual performance based upon another party's right to force performance. The issue with most written options is not whether they are covered by FAS 133 rules.  The issue is whether they will be allowed to be designated as cash flow hedges.  Written options are referred to at various points in FAS 133. For example, see Paragraphs 20c, 28c, 91-92 (Example 6), 199, and 396-401.. For rules regarding written options see Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133.  Exposure Draft 162-B would not allow hedge accounting for written options.  FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401.  Note that written options may only hedge recorded assets and liabilities.  They may not be used to hedge forecasted purchase and sales transactions.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.

A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(FAS 133 Paragraph 124).  A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure from changes in fair values or cash flows (FAS 133 Paragraph 124).  Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c or 28c).

See option, swaption, and covered call.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

X-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Y-Terms

Yield Curve =

the graphical relationship between yield and time of maturity of debt or investments in financial instruments.  In the case of interest rate swaps, yield curves are also called swaps curves.  Forward yield (or swaps) curves are used to value many types of derivative financial instruments.   If time is plotted on the abscissa, the yield is usually upward sloping due to term structure of interest rates.  Term structure is an empirically observed phenomenon that yields vary with dates to maturity. 

FAS 133 refers to yield curves at various points such as in Paragraphs 112 and 319.   The Board also referred to by analogy at various points such as in Paragraphs 162 and 428.  Financial service firms obtain yield curves by plotting the yields of default-free coupon bonds in a given currency against maturity or duration. Yields on debt instruments of lower quality are expressed in terms of a spread relative to the default-free yield curve.   Paragraph 112 of SFAS 113 refers to the "zero-coupon method."   This method is based upon the term structure of spot default-free zero coupon rates.  The interest rate for a specific forward period calculated from the incremental period return in adjacent instruments. A very interesting web site on swaps curves is at http://www.clev.frb.org/research/JAN96ET/yiecur.htm#1b  

In the introductory Paragraph 111 of FAS 133, the Example 2 begins with the assumption of a flat yield curve. A yield curve is the graphic or numeric presentation of bond equivalent yields to maturity on debt that is identical in every aspect except time to maturity. In developing a yield curve, default risk and liquidity, for example, are the same for every security whose yield is included in the yield curve. Thus yields on U. S. Treasury issues are normally used to plot yield curves. The relationship between yields and time to maturity is often referred to as the term structure of interest rates.

As explained by the expectations hypothesis of the term structure of interest rates, the typical yield curve increases at a decreasing rate relative to maturity. That is, in normal economic conditions short-term rates are somewhat lower than longer-term rates. In a recession with deflation or disinflation, the entire yield curve shifts downward as interest rates generally fall and rotates indicating that short-term rates have fallen to much lower levels than long-term rates. In an economic expansion accompanied by inflation, interest rates tend to rise and yield curves shift upward and rotate indicating that short-term rates have increased more than long-term rates.

The different shapes of the yield curve described above complicate the calculation of the present value of an interest rate swap and require the calculation and application of implied forward rates to discount future fixed rate obligations and principal to the present value. Fortunately Example 2 assumes that a flat yield curve prevails at all levels of interest rates. A flat yield curve means that as interest rates rise and fall, short-term and long-term rates move together in lock step, and future cash flows are all discounted at the same current discount rate.

A yield curve is the graphic or numeric presentation of bond equivalent yields to maturity on debt that is identical in every aspect except time to maturity. In developing a yield curve, default risk and liquidity, for example, are the same for every security whose yield is included in the yield curve. Thus yields on U. S. Treasury issues are normally used to plot Treasury yield curves. The relationship between yields and time to maturity is often referred to as the term structure of interest rates. Similarly, an unknown set of estimated LIBOR yield curves underlie the FASB swap valuations calculated in all FAS 133/138 illustrations.  The FASB has never really explained how swaps are to be valued even though they must be adjusted to fair value at least every three months. Other than providing the assumption that the yields in the yield curves are zero-coupon rates, the FASB offers no information that would allow us to derive the yield curves or calculate the swap values in Examples 2 and 5 in Appendix B of FAS 133 and in other examples using FAS 138 rules.

The typical yield curve gradually increases relative to years to maturity. That is, historically, short-term rates are somewhat lower than longer-term rates. In a recession with deflation or disinflation the entire yield curve shifts downward as interest rates generally fall and rotates counter-clockwise indicating that short-term rates have fallen to much lower levels than long-term rates. In rapid economic expansion accompanied by inflation, interest rates tend to rise and yield curves shift upward and rotate clockwise indicating that short-term rates have increased more than long-term rates.

The different shapes of the yield curve described above complicate the calculation of the present value of an interest rate swap and require the calculation and application of implied forward rates to calculate future expected swap cash flows. Example 2 in Appendix B of FAS 133 assumed that a flat yield curve prevails at all levels of interest rates. A flat yield curve means that as interest rates rise and fall, short-term and long-term rates move together in lock step, and future cash flows are all discounted at the same current discount rate. The cash flows and values in the Appendix B Example 5, however, are developed from the prevailing upward sloping yield curve at each reset date.

The accompanying Excel workbook used the tool Goal Seek in Excel to derive upward sloping yield curves and swap values at the reset dates that generated the $4,016,000 swap value used in the FASB's Example 1 of Section 1 of the FAS 138 examples at  http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/examplespg.html.

Yield curves are typically computed on the basis of a forward calculated in the following manner using the y(t) yield curve values:

ForwardRate(t) = [1 + y(t)]t/[1 + y(t-1)]t-1 – 1

The ForwardRate(t) is the forward rate for time period t, y(t) is the multi-period yield that spans t periods, and y(t-1) is the yield for an investment of t-1 periods --- for example, if 6.5% is y(t) and 6.0% is y(t-1). Thus, ForwardRate(2), the forward LIBOR for year 2, is calculated as follows

ForwardRate(2) = (1.065)2/1.06 – 1 = 0.07 or 7.0%

In practice, investors and auditors often rely upon the Bloomberg swaps curve estimations.   The contact information for Bloomberg Financial Services is as follows: Bloomberg Financial Markets, 499 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022; Telephone: 212-318-2000; Fax: 212-980-4585; E-Mail: feedback@bloomberg.com; WWW Link: <http://www.bloomberg.com/> and <http://www.wsdinc.com/pgs_www/w5594.shtml>. Various pricing services are available such as Anderson Investors Software at  http://www.wsdinc.com/products/p3430.shtml    Cutter & Co. provides some illustrations yield curves at http://www.stocktrader.com/summary.html    Discussion group messages about yield curves are archived at http://csf.colorado.edu/mail/longwaves/current-discussion/0086.html

Links to various sites can be found at http://www.eight.com/websites.htm    You may also want to view my helpers at http://WWW.Trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/index.htm  

Also see my interest rate accrual comments my "Missing Parts of FAS 133" document.

Bob Jensen provides free online tutorials (in Excel workbooks) on derivation of yield curves, swap curves,  single-period forward rates, and multi-period forward rates. These derivations are done in the context of FAS 133, including the derivations of the missing parts of the infamous Examples 2 and 5 of FAS 133.  Since these tutorials contain answers that instructors may want to keep out of the hands of students in advance of assignments, educators and practitioners must contact Jensen for instructions on how to find the secret URL.  The key files on yield curve derivations are yield.xls, 133ex02a.xls, and 133ex05a.xls. Bob Jensen's email address is rjensen@trinity.edu

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Z-Terms

Zero Coupon Method =  See yield curve.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

 

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

 

Recommended Reading and Internet Links for FAS 133 and IAS 39

Internet Links of Possible Interest

Go to the readings and links at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133links.htm 

Accounting and Investments Links at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob.htm 

Financial Risk Links --- http://victoryrisk.com/

CPAnet News About  Financial Instruments

Derivatives Revisited - http://www.cpanet.com/up/s0007.asp?ID=01 

FAS 133 Curse or Opportunity - http://www.cpanet.com/up/s0007.asp?ID=03 

Futures vs. Forwards - http://www.cpanet.com/up/s0007.asp?ID=04 

The Future of Derivatives - http://www.cpanet.com/up/s0007.asp?ID=05 

FAS 133 Articles - http://www.cpanet.com/up/s0007.asp?ID=02 

Tutorials

Recommended Tutorials on Derivative Financial Instruments (but not about FAS 133 or IAS 39)

CBOE --- http://www.cboe.com/education/ 

CBOT --- http://www.cbot.com/ourproducts/index.html 

CME --- http://www.cme.com/educational/index.html 

Recommended Tutorials on FAS 133

Recommended Glossaries

Bob Jensen's FAS 133 Glossary on Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

Also see comprehensive risk and trading glossaries such as the ones listed below that provide broader coverage of derivatives instruments terminology but almost nothing in terms of FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS39:

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |